

TIMBER SCREWS AND DECK FASTENING
TIMBER, CONCRETE, METAL, TERRACES AND FAÇADES
PARTIALLY THREADED - COUNTERSUNK HEAD
PLATE FASTENING
PARTIALLY THREADED - FLANGE HEAD
CONCRETE
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE
AND MASONRY
FULLY THREADED - COUNTERSUNK HEAD FULLY THREADED - CYLINDRICAL HEAD
METAL
TIMBER-TO-METAL
FASTENING METAL SHEET
DOUBLE THREAD
DECKS AND FACADES
SCREWS
SCREWDRIVERS AND NAILGUNS ACCESSORIES AND TEMPLATES
SUBSTRUCTURE
CERTIFIED SOLUTIONS

Engineered and certified to meet the most rigorous ICC-ES safety standards.
Our screws are built to perform under the toughest conditions—reliable, strong, and tested.
ELC-4645
ESR-4645


REAL-WORLD EXPERIENCE
CLOSER THAN YOU THINK
A nationwide network of technical representatives—wherever your project is, we’re there.
Expert engineering support at every stage of your project.
Partnering with U.S. professionals since 2010—with a growing team of reps and partners.
Trusted in thousands of projects across the United States.
MOISTURE AND EXPOSURE CONDITIONS
To ensure optimal performance in various environmental conditions across the United States, we have chosen to adopt the classifications of National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) and the AC257 acceptance criteria by ICC-ES.
The dry classification includes environments where humidity is limited and corrosion risk is minimal (e.g. indoor or protected spaces). The wet classification covers environments with high humidity exposure, such as outdoor areas or locations with direct water contact. AC257 also introduces specific criteria for corrosion resistance in chemically treated environments or in coastal areas exposed to salt. The summary table considers AC257 Exposure Conditions 1 through 4, ensuring that selected screws provide optimal performance and durability in diverse usage conditions.
The moisture content of wood significantly affects the mechanical properties, strength, and stiffness of structural members. In the design of wood connections, standards like the NDS (National Design Specification for Wood Construction) and CSA086 (Canadian Standards Association) provide guidance on service condition factors. These factors account for moisture content at the time of fabrication and during service. Proper evaluation of the combined service class, wood corrosivity class, and atmospheric class is essential to ensure the structural performance and durability of connections. These classifications affect decisions such as material choice and protective measures, particularly in environments with varying humidity or exposure.
MOISTURE CONDITION
According to NDS and CSA-O86
MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE WOOD
DEFINITION
DESCRIPTION
NOTE
Table 11.3.3 in the NDS and Table 12.1 in CSA-086 outline the interaction of moisture content at fabrication (whether the wood is green or dried) with the in-service moisture levels. The factors vary based on the type of connection and loading conditions. Notably:
• A moisture content (MC) of ≤ 19% is the threshold for “dry service conditions.”
Wet service conditions apply to wood connections when:
1. The connection is exposed to direct wetting (e.g., rain, snow, condensation) such that drying is not effective.
2. The wood member is classified as “green” upon installation and retains a moisture content above 19% until dries.
3. The equilibrium moisture content exceeds 15% averaged annually or exceeds 19% at any given time.
In wet conditions, the need for moisture management is critical, as prolonged exposure above 19% MC can compromise the mechanical properties of wood and the long-term performance of connections.
outdoor protected environment exposed environment
If MC > 19% at fabrication or in service, adjustments using the service condition factors are applied to ensure the integrity of the structural design.
For detailed application, designers should consult NDS Table 11.3.3 and CSA-086 Table 12.1 , which provide the necessary correlations between moisture content, connection type, and loading conditions.
EXPOSURE CONDITION
According to AC257
DESCRIPTION
treated wood in dry use applications
clean untreated wood, exposed to saltwater spray aboveground with coastal salt exposure
treated wood and exposure in environments without saltwater general construction
continuous exposure to high humidity and saltwater on treated and untreated wood coastal construction
ESR-4645 certification for Rothoblaas screws permits their design and use in wet service conditions from a structural standpoint according to AC233. However, this certification does not cover corrosion resistance requirements, which must be evaluated separately.
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
CLASSES POLLUTION
Corrosion caused by the atmosphere depends on relative humidity, air pollution, chloride content, and whether the connection is internal, external protected, or external. Exposure is described by the C category as following ISO 9223:2012. Atmospheric corrosivity only affects the exposed part of the connector. While the Exposure Conditions partially account for atmospheric corrosivity, it is possible to consider it separately for a more accurate evaluation, using ISO 9223 as a reference.
MOISTURE
WOOD CORROSIVITY CLASSES
Corrosion caused by wood depends on the wood species, wood treatment, and moisture content (see page 354). Exposure is defined by the T category as indicated. The corrosivity of wood only affects the connector part inserted in the wooden element. Although the Exposure Conditions consider wood corrosivity to some extent, it is possible to assess it separately for a more accurate evaluation according to EN 14592:2022.
DISTANCE FROM THE SEA
LEGEND:
TIMBER pH AND TREATMENT
MOISTURE CONTENT OF THE WOOD
MOISTURE CONDITION According to NDS and CSA-O86
use according to regulations


COMPLETE RANGE
HEADS AND TIPS
HEAD TYPE
COUNTERSUNK WITH RIBS
HBS, HBS COIL, HBS EVO C4/C5, HBS S, VGS, VGS EVO C4/C5, VGS A4, SCI A2/A4, SBS, SPP, MBS
FLANGE
TBS , TBS MAX, TBS EVO C4/C5, TBS S, FAS A4
FLAT FLANGE
TBS FRAME
COUNTERSUNK SMOOTH
HTS, DRS, DRT, SKS EVO, SBS A2, SBN, SBN A2, SCI HCR
COUNTERSUNK 60°
SHS, SHS AISI410, HBS H
ROUND
LBS, LBS EVO, LBS H, LBS H EVO
HEXAGONAL
KOP, SKR EVO, VGS, VGS EVO, MTS A2, SAR
CONE-SHAPED
KKT A4 COLOR, KKT A4, KKT COLOR
PAN HEAD
HBS P, HBS P EVO, KKF AISI410
REINFORCED PAN HEAD
HBS PLATE, HBS PLATE EVO, HBS PLATE A4
CONVEX
EWS A2, EWS AISI410,
CYLINDRICAL
VGZ, VGZ EVO C4/C5, VGZ H, DGZ, CTC, MBZ, SBD, KKZ A2, KKZ EVO C5, KKA AISI410, KKA COLOR
BUGLE
DWS, DWS COIL
TIP TYPE

3 THORNS
SELF-DRILLING
SHARP
SHARP SAW
HBS S, TBS S VGS
SHARP SAW NIBS (RBSN)
SHARP 2 CUT
KKT COLOR
STANDARD FOR WOOD
MBS, MBZ, KOP, MTS A2
HARD WOOD TIMBER
HBS H, VGZ H
HARD WOOD (STEEL - to - TIMBER)
LBS H, LBS H EVO
HARD WOOD (DECKING)
KKZ A2, KKZ EVO C5
SKR EVO, SKS EVO
METAL (TAPERED TIP) CONCRETE
SBD
METAL (WITH FINS)
SBS, SBS A2, SPP
METAL (WITHOUT FINS)
SBD, SBN, SBN A2, KKA AISI 410, KKA COLOR


RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
Extensive test campaigns carried out in Rothoblaas' own laboratories and at external institutions on softwood, hardwood and LVL have resulted in the development of a performing product in every respect.
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
REDUCTION OF MINIMUM DISTANCES
Featuring raised slitting elements and an umbrella thread tip ensures a quick initial grip and easy installation, reduces torsional stress on the screw and minimises timber damage. The aesthetic finish

LEGEND standard tip standard tip (with pre-drilled hole)
3 THORNS tip self-drilling tip
To be inserted, the screw must overcome the strength force of the wood. The screwing force, measured through the insertion moment (Mins), is only minimised if the tip is performing.
Thanks to its counter-threaded slitting elements, the 3 THORNS tip facilitates insertion of the screw into the grains without damaging them.
It acts as a guide hole, allowing the reduction of edge distances and screw spacing. At the same time, it prevents wooden element's cracking and mechanisms of brittle failure of the connection.
The graph shows the development of the insertion moment for screws with different geometric characteristics of the drill bit and the same boundary conditions (screw diameter, thread length and type, timber substrate material, applied force) as a function of the penetration length (Lins).
The accumulated torsional stress on the screw with a 3 THORNS tip (C) during its insertion is significantly lower than in the case of screws with standard tips (A) and is close to the screwing with pre-drilling hole (B).
The sequence represents the test procedure for the evaluation of minimum distances for axially stressed screws according to EAD 130118-01-0603.
The test is performed by tightening the screw, unscrewing it after 24 hours and filling the hole with dye to check its diffusion inside the wooden element. The portion of wood affected by the insertion of the screw is proportional to the red area.




The 3 THORNS tip (C) exhibits similar behaviour to that of the standard screw inserted with pre-drilling hole (B), tending towards the case of the self-drilling tip screw (D).
standard tip
3 THORNS tip
standard tip (with pre-drilled hole) self-drilling tip
The picture shows the insertion of screws with different tips and shows the change in pull-through depth after 1.0 second of tightening.
COMPLETE RANGE
MATERIALS AND COATINGS
CARBON STEEL WITH COATING
C5 EVO ANTI-CORROSION COATING
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt spray exposure time (SST) according to ISO 9227 greater than 3000h (test carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir).
C4 EVO ANTI-CORROSION COATING
Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes. Suitability for atmospheric corrosivity class C4 proven by RISE
ORGANIC ANTI-CORROSION COATING
Colored organic-based coating that provides excellent resistance to atmospheric and wood corrosive agents in outdoor applications.
ELECTROLYTIC GALVANIZING
Coating consisting of a layer of electrolytic galvanizing with Cr passivation; standard for most connectors
STAINLESS STEEL
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANT - CRC V
Austenitic stainless steel. It is characterised by high molybdenum and low carbon content. It offers very high resistance to general corrosion, stress corrosion cracking, intergranular corrosion and pitting. The appropriate choice for exposed fasteners in indoor pools.
STAINLESS STEEL A4 | AISI316 - CRC III
Austenitic stainless steel. The presence of molybdenum provides high resistance to generalised and crevice corrosion.
STAINLESS STEEL - A2 | AISI304 - CRC II
Austenitic stainless steel. It is the most common of the austenitic steels. It offers an excellent level of protection against generalised corrosion.
STAINLESS STEEL - A2 | AISI305 - CRC II
Austenitic stainless steel similar to A2 | AISI304. This alloy contains slightly more carbon than A2 | AISI304, making it more workable in production.
AISI410 STAINLESS STEEL
Martensitic stainless steel, characterised by its high carbon content. Suitable for outdoor applications (SC3). This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels.
LEGEND:















atmospheric corrosivity classes Rothoblaas experience Rothoblaas experience wood corrosivity classes
Atmospheric corrosivity classes defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223 and EN 1993-1-4:2014 (for stainless steel, an equivalent atmospheric corrosivity class was determined considering only the influence of chlorides and without a cleaning maintenance). Wood corrosivity classes according to EN 14592:2022.
For further information, see SMARTBOOK TIMBER SCREWS at www.rothoblaas.com.
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
EVO COATINGS
Rothoblaas research projects result in coatings that meet the most complex market requirements. Our goal is to offer state-of-the-art fastening solutions that guarantee uncompromising mechanical strength and corrosion resistance.


Atmospheric corrosivity class C4: areas with a high concentration of pollutants, salts or chlorides. For example, heavily polluted urban and industrial areas and coastal zones.
Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes.
1440 h
Hours of exposure in salt spray test according to EN ISO 9227:2012 in the absence of red rust.


DISTANCE FROM THE SEA
RESISTANCE TO CHLORIDE EXPOSURE(1) C4 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2) C5 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2)


Atmospheric corrosivity class C5: areas with a very high concentration of salts, chlorides or corrosive agents from production processes. For example, places by the sea or areas of high industrial pollution.
Organic-based multilayer coating with a functional layer. The top-coat has a sealing function, which delays the start of the corrosion reaction.
> 3000 h
Hours of exposure in salt spray test according to EN ISO 9227:2012 in the absence of red rust carried out on previously screwed and unscrewed Douglas fir screws.


(1) C4 and C5 are defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223. (2) EN 14592:2022 currently limits the service life of alternative coatings to 15 years.
C4
JOINT TYPES OVERVIEW

HBS, TBS, SHS
TBS, SHS
TBS, SHS


TIMBER
VGS
FULLY
VGS EVO
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL
60° COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SMALL HEAD AND 3 THORNS TIP
The 60° head and 3 THORNS tip allow easy insertion of the screw into small thickness elements without creating openings in the timber.
ENLARGED BIT CAVITY
Compared to common carpentry screws, it has a larger Torx cavity: TX 25 for diameters 0.16 inch (#7) and 0.18 inch (#9), TX 30 for diameter 0.20 inch (#11). It is the right screw for users requiring strength and precision.
FASTENING ON TONGUE AND GROOVE BOARDS
For fixing beads or small elements, the 0.14 inch (#6) diameter version is perfectly suited for application in joints. LENGTH [in]




DIAMETER [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS
OF USE
• tongue-and-groove boards
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber) • CLT and LVL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
3.5 0.14 #6 TX 10 SHS3530 ( * ) 30 1 3/16 20 13/16 3/8
( * ) 40 1 9/16 26 1 1/32 1/2
( * ) 50 1 15/16 34 1 5/16 1/2 500
( * ) 60 2 3/8 40 1 9/16 3/4 500
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
GEOMETRY
in
in - Ø0.18 in - Ø0.20 in
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3)
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
SHS AISI410
60° COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SMALL HEAD AND 3 THORNS TIP
The concealed 60° head and 3 THORNS tip allow easy insertion of the screw into small thickness without creating openings in the timber.
OUTDOOR ON ACID WOOD
Martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers the highest mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
SMALL ELEMENTS FASTENING

The smaller diameter versions are ideal for fixing beads or small elements, the 0.14 inch (3,5 mm) diameter version is perfectly suited for fastening tongue-and-groove boards.


DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels • solid timber • glulam (Glued Laminated Timber) • CLT, LVL
•
and acid woods
martensitic


WINDOWS AND DOORS ON THE OUTSIDE
SHS AISI140 is the right choice for fastening small outdoor elements such as beads, façades and window/door frames.

External casing slats fixed with 0.24 and 0.32 inch (6 and 8 mm) diameter SHS AISI410 screws.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fastening hardwood and acid wood in farfrom-sea environments with SHS AISI410 0.32 inch (8 mm) diameter.
GEOMETRY
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Ø0.14
d 1 CODE L b A pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
3,5 0.14 #6 TX 10
SHS3540AS ( * ) 40 1 9/16 26 1 1/32 1/2 500
SHS3550AS ( * ) 50 1 15/16 34 1 5/16 1/2 500
SHS3560AS ( * ) 60 2 3/8 40 1 9/16 3/4 500
4,5 0.18 #9 TX 20
SHS4550AS 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 500
SHS4560AS 60 2 3/8 35 1 3/8 3/4 500
SHS550AS 50 1 15/16 24 15/16 1 200
SHS560AS 60 2 3/8 30 1 3/16 1 200
SHS570AS 70 2 3/4 35 1 3/8 1 1/4 100
SHS4570AS 70 2 3/4 40 1 9/16 1 200 5 0.20 #11 TX 25
80 3 1/8 40 1 9/16 1 1/2 100 SHS5100AS 100 4 50 1 15/16 1 3/4 100 (*) Not evaluated in ERS-4645.
SHS N AISI410 - black version
4,5 0.18 #9 TX 20
SHS4550ASN 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 100
APPLICATION






Possible installation on acid wood but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).


Find out the pH and density of the various wood species on page 354 “aggressive” woods high acidity "standard" timbers low acidity

FAÇADES IN DARK TIMBER
Specially designed to match façades made of charred wood, the black SHS N variant ensures perfect compatibility and offers an excellent aesthetic result. Thanks to its resistance to corrosion, it can be used outdoors, allowing to create striking and long-lasting black façades.
Douglas fir Pseudotsuga menziesii
Red oak Quercus rubra
American black cherry Prunus serotina
Maritime pine Pinus pinaster
Oak Quercus petraea
Oak or European oak Quercus robur
European chestnut Castanea sativa
Blue Douglas fir Pseudotsuga taxifolia
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a 1 [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 3
a 2 [in]
a3,t [in]
a3,c [in]
[in]
3/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 11/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
1 [in]
[in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 5∙d 11/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4
a3,c [in] 10∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 11/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.32 [mm] 3,5 4,5 5 6 8
a 1 [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 6 1/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 a 4,t [in] 12∙d 1 5/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4
10∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3
4,5 5 6 8
1 3/8 1 3/4 1
2 3/8 2 3/16 5∙d 11/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 10∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 10∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 1
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 0.14 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.32 3,5 4,5 5 6 8 10∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 7∙d 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 20∙d 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 6 1/4 15∙d 2 1/16 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 12∙d 1 5/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 7∙d 1 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw, and are valid for screw installed into sawn lumber, structural glued laminated timber and cross laminated timber;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
Theory, practice and experimental campaigns: our experience is in your hands. Download the SMARTBOOK TIMBER SCREWS.


PRINCIPLES
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 33
( * ) Minimum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• SHS AISI410 screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α)
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 27 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL
NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
BUTT JOINT
• The screw is considered inserted with an angle of 45° between the screw’s axis and CLT plane face.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• The axis of the connector on the shear plane is considered to run through the central layer of the panel.
FULLY THREADED COUNTERSUNK SCREW
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, the screw can be installed without pre-drilling hole on even very thin joinery and furniture wood, such as melamine-faced panels, plated panels or MDF.
FINE THREAD
A fine thread is ideal for utmost screwing precision, even on MDF panels. The cavity for the Torx bit ensures stability and security.
LONG THREAD
The thread is 80% the length of the screw and the smooth part under head guarantees maximum coupling efficiency with fibreboard panels.





DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
3 0.12 #5 TX 10
HTS312 ( * ) 12 1/2 6 1/4 1/8 500
HTS316 ( * ) 16 5/8 10 3/8 1/8 500
HTS320 20 13/16 14 9/16 1/8 1000
HTS325 25 1 19 3/4 1/8 1000
HTS330 30 1 3/16 24 15/16 1/8 1000
HTS3516 ( * ) 16 5/8 10 3/8 1/8 1000
HTS3520 ( * ) 20 13/16 14 9/16 1/8 1000
3,5 0.14 #6 TX 15
HTS3525 25 1 19 3/4 1/8 1000
30 1 3/16 24 15/16 1/8 500
35 1 3/8 27 1 1/16 1/4 500
40 1 9/16 32 1 1/4 1/4 500
50 1 15/16 42 1 5/8 1/4 400
25 1 19 3/4 1/8 1000
30 1 3/16 24 15/16 1/8
4 0.16 #7 TX 20 HTS420 ( * ) 20 13/16 14 9/16 1/8 1000
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in] -
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in]
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

HINGES AND FURNITURE
1/8
9/64
The total thread and countersunk head geometry are ideal for fastening metal hinges when building furniture. Ideal for use with single bit (included in the package), easily exchanged in the driver bit holder.
The new self-perforating tip increases the initial grip capacity of the screw.
ETA-11/0030 ESR-4645 ELC-4645
ETA-11/0030 UKTA-0836 22/6195
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
FAST
With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.
JOINTS WITH SOUNDPROOFING PROFILES
The screw has been tested and characterised in applications with soundproofing layers (XYLOFON) interposed on the shear plane.
The impact of acoustic profiles on the mechanical performance of the HBS screw is described on page 86
NEW-GENERATION TIMBER PRODUCTS
Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and beech LVL.

Extremely versatile, the HBS screw guarantees the use of new-generation woods for the creation of increasingly innovative and sustainable structures.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• soft woods (e.g. Spruce, Pine, Western red cedar)
• hard woods (e.g. Douglas Fir, Oak)


CLT, LVL AND HARDWOOD
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT, LVL and high density woods such as beech LVL.

Wall insulation boards fastening with THERMOWASHER and HBS 0.32 inch (8 mm) diameter.
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fastening CLT walls with 0.24 inch (6 mm) diameter HBS screws.
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in]
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in]
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
3,5 0.14 #6 TX 15 HBS3540 40 1 9/16 18 11/16 3/4 500
4 0.16 #7 TX 20
4,5 0.18 #9 TX 20
45 1 3/4 24 15/16 3/4 400
50 1 15/16 24 15/16 1
30 1 3/16 18 11/16 1/4
35 1 3/8 18 11/16 1/4
40 1 9/16 24 15/16 1/4
45 1 3/4 30 1 3/16 1/2 400
50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 400
3/8 35 1 3/8 3/4 200
50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16
5 0.20 #11 TX
6 0.24 #14
140 5 1/2 75 2 15/16 2 1/2 100
150 6 75 2 15/16 2 3/4 100 HBS6160 160 6 1/4 75 2 15/16 3 1/4 100 HBS6180 180 7 1/8 75 2 15/16 4 100 HBS6200 200 8 75 2 15/16 4 3/4 100 HBS6220 220 8 5/8 75 2 15/16 5 1/2 100
HBS6240 240 9 1/2 75 2 15/16 6 1/4 100 HBS6260 260 10 1/4 75 2 15/16 7 100 HBS6280 280 11 75 2 15/16 8 100 HBS6300 300 11 3/4 75 2 15/16 8 3/4 100
HBS6320 320 12 5/8 75 2 15/16 9 1/2 100
HBS6340 340 13 3/8 75 2 15/16 10 1/4 100
HBS6360 360 14 1/4 75 2 15/16 11 100
HBS6380 380 15 75 2 15/16 12 100
HBS6400 400 15 3/4 75 2 15/16 12 3/4 100



MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d1 [in]
[mm] 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12
a1 [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 3 1/8 4
a2 [in] 5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
a3,t [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16
[in]
[in]
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1
inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3
a2 [in] 5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
a3,t [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a3,c [in] 10∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 a 4,c [in] 5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d1 [in] 0.14 0.16
0.20 0.24 0.32
0.48 [mm] 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12
a1 [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a2 [in] 7∙d 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 2 3/4 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 6 1/4 8 9 1/2
a3,c [in] 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 1 5/8 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12 10∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16 5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8 15∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8 10∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 10∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
3,5
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
[mm] 3,5 4 4,5 5 6 8 10 12 a1 [in] 10∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16
a3,t [in]
a3,c [in]
a4,c
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw, and are valid for screw installed into sawn lumber, structural glued laminated timber and cross laminated timber;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
PRINCIPLES
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
(1) Main member loaded
(2) Main member
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
HEAD PULL-THROUGH (WH) | WOOD
PRINCIPLES
( * ) Minumum between head
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners. The design of connection with steel side plate must comply with Section 11.2.3 of the NDS.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• HBS screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α)
0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis.
Tabulated values at page 44 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strenght of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s lenghth does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
BUTT JOINT
• The screw is considered inserted with an angle of 45° between the screw’s axis and CLT plane face.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• The axis of the connector on the shear plane is considered to run through the central layer of the panel.
SCREWING USING CATCH

Place the bit inside the CATCH screwing device and fasten it to the correct depth depending on the chosen connector.

CATCH is suitable with long connectors where the insert would otherwise tend to come out of the screw head space.
PARTIALLY THREADED SCREWS vs FULLY THREADED SCREW

Compressible elements are interposed between two timber beams and a screw is screwed centrally to evaluate its effect on the connection.
APPLICATION ON HARDWOODS

Pre-drill a hole of the required diameter (d V,H) and length equal to the chosen connector size using the SNAIL tip.
RELATED PRODUCTS


The partial thread screw (e.g. HBS) allows the joint to be closed. The threaded portion, inserted all the way inside the second element, allows the first element to slide on the smooth shank.

Install the screw (e.g. HBS).


Useful in case of screwing in corners, which usually do not allow exerting a great screwing force.

The fully threaded screw (e.g. VGZ) transfers the force by exploiting its axial strength and penetrates inside the timber elements without moving.

Alternatively, specific screws for hardwood applications (e.g. HBSH) can be used, which can be inserted without the aid of pre-drill hole


HBS COIL
HBS BOUND SCREWS
QUICK, IN SERIES USE
Quick and precise installation. Fast and safe execution thanks to the special binding.
HBS 0.24 inch
Also available in a diameter of 0.24 inch (#14), ideal for quick wall-to-wall fastening in CLT structures.
FAST
With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.



DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard, MDF, HDF and LDF
• plated and melamine faced panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm] [in]
4 0.16 #7 TX 20
HH10600459(*) 25 1 18 11/16 1/4 - 3000
HZB430 30 1 3/16 16 5/8 9/16 167 3000
HZB440 40 1 9/16 24 15/16 5/8 167 3000 HZB450 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 13/16 125 2000
( * )fully-treaded screw
[mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in] 4,5 0.18 #9 TX 20 HZB4550 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 13/16 125 1500 5 0.20 #11 TX 25
GEOMETRY | HZB
hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in] -
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in] -
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
For mechanical properties and structural values see HBS on page 36
Further information on page 429.
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS Ø0.24 inch HBS COIL APPLICATION
The adapter plates for use of 0.16, 0.18, and 0.20 inch diameter HBS COIL screws are already supplied with the respective screwdriver loaders. To use HBS COIL screws with a diameter of 0.24 inch, the adapter plates supplied must be replaced with the adapter plate HZB6PLATE. For HBS COIL screws diameter 0.24 inch it is also necessary to use the appropriate TX30 bit (code HH14001469).
We recommend using the extension HH14411591 for an easier installation of the screws on horizontal planes.




HBS EVO
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. It can be used for exposure condition 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criteria AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY

Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 354).
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating


EXPOSURE CONDITION 3
Certified for use in exposure condition 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions. Ideal for fastening timber framed panels and trusses (Rafter, Truss).
PERGOLAS AND DECKS
The smaller sizes are ideal for securing boards and battens of decks set up outdoors.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
4 0.16 #7 TX 20 HBSEVO440
4,5 0.18 #9 TX 20 HBSEVO4545 45 1 3/4 30 1 3/16 1/2 400
5 0.20 #11 TX 25
50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 200
50 1 15/16 24 15/16 1 200
6 0.24 #14 TX 30
140 5 1/2 75 2 15/16 2 1/2 100
160 6 1/4 75 2 15/16 3 1/4 100
180 7 1/8 75 2 15/16 4
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
RELATED PRODUCTS

WASHER see page 72
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
HUS EVO
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[in]
a 2 [in]
a3,t [in]
a3,c [in]
a 4,t [in]
4,c [in]
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
1 [in]
a 2 [in] 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16
a3,c [in] 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.32 [mm] 4 4,5 5 6 8
a1 [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 6 1/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4
3
4 3/4 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 10∙d 1
<
4 4,5 5 6 8
1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 2 3/16 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 1 9/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.24 0.32 4 4,5 5 6 8 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 20∙d 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 6 1/4 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 12∙d 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw, and are valid for screw installed into sawn lumber, structural glued laminated timber and cross laminated timber;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
(1) Main member loaded parallel to the grain.
(2) Main member loaded perpendicular to the grain.
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for
installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
HEAD PULL-THROUGH (WH) | WOOD
( * ) Minumum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• HBS EVO screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α)
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 61 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL
NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
BUTT JOINT
• The screw is considered inserted with an angle of 45° between the screw’s axis and CLT plane face.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• The axis of the connector on the shear plane is considered to run through the central layer of the panel.
HBS EVO C5
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. SST (Salt Spray Test) with exposure time greater than 3000h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements, reducing costs and time.





DIAMETER [in]
[in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
CORROSIVITY
OF USE
• timber based panels • solid timber and glulam • CLT and LVL
• high density woods
C5 C5
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
3,5 0.14 #6 TX 15
HBSEVO3530C5 30 1 3/16 18 11/16 3/8 500
40 1 9/16 18 11/16 3/4 500
4 0.16 #7 TX 20 HBSEVO440C5 40 1 9/16 24 15/16 1/8 500 HBSEVO450C5 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 400
4,5 0.18 #9 TX 20
HBSEVO4550C5 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 200 HBSEVO4560C5 60 2 3/8 35 1 3/8 3/4 200
5 0.20 #11 TX 25 HBSEVO550C5 50 1 15/16 24 15/16 1 200 HBSEVO560C5 60 2 3/8 30 1 3/16 1 200 HBSEVO570C5 70 2 3/4 35 1 3/8 1 1/4
6 0.24 #14
TX 30
see page 72 d 1 CODE L b A pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
140 5 1/2 75 2 15/16 2 1/2 100
160 6 1/4 75 2 15/16 3 1/4

GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2)
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
For minimum distances and structural values see HBS EVO on page 54
TURNED WASHER
HUS
HBS HARDWOOD
COUNTERSUNK SCREW FOR HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA-11/0030 certification for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (α = 0° - 90°).
INCREASED DIAMETER
Internal thread diameter increased to ensure tightening in the highest density woods. Excellent torsional moment values. HBS H Ø0.24 inch, comparable to a 0.28 inch diameter; HBS H Ø0.32 inch, comparable to a 0.35 inch diameter.
60° COUNTERSUNK HEAD
Concealed head, 60°, for effective, minimally invasive insertion, even in high density woods.
HYBRID SOFTWOOD-HARDWOOD

Approved in ETA-11/0030 for different types of applications without the need for pre-drill hole with softwood and hardwood used simultaneously. For example: composite beam (softwood and hardwood) and hybrid engineered timbers (softwood and hardwood).
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
6 0.24 #14 TX 30
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE
Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drilling on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.
BEECH LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beech laminated veneer lumber. Certified for use without pre-drilling, for densities of up to G = 0.88.
TURNED WASHER
COMPATIBILITY
It is the ideal coupling for countersunk-head screws (HBS, VGS, SBS-SPP, SCI, etc.) when the axial strength of the connection is to be increased.
TIMBER-TO-METAL
It is the optimal choice for connections on metal plates with cylindrical holes.
HUS EVO
The HUS EVO version increases the washer's corrosion resistance due to the special surface treatment. This allows it to be used in exposure condition 3 and atmospheric corrosion class C4.
HUS 15°
The 15° angled washer is specifically designed for particular wood-to-metal applications where just a small angle is needed for screw insertion. The HUS BAND double-sided adhesive tape holds the washer in place during overhead applications.

MATERIAL





carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• thin or thick metal plates with cylindrical
• timber based panels
solid timber and glulam
CLT and LVL
high density woods aluminium alloy EN AW 6082-T6
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
HUS 15° - 15° angled washer
HUS BAND - double-sided adhesive for HUS washers
CODE d int d ext pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in]
Compatible with HUS815, HUS10, HUS12, HUS10A4.
HUS - turned washer
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
HUS EVO - turned washer
HUS A4 - turned washer
GEOMETRY
Washer
HUSEVO8 HUS8A4
Steel plate thickness S PLATE [in] 3/16 - 11/16
(1) The choice of diameter is also linked to the diamter of the screw used.
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
PRINCIPLES
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
(1) Main member loaded parallel to the grain.
(2) Main member loaded perpendicular to the grain.
SHEAR
( * ) Minumum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
SHEAR TENSION SPACING
SHEAR
floor-to-beam
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL COLUMN-TO-WOOD BEAM
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION

Drill a D F = 7/8 inch diameter hole in the metal plate at the insertion point of the HUS815 washer.

Drill a guide hole with a diameter of 13/64 inch and a minimum length of 1 inch, preferably using the JIGVGU945 template to ensure the correct installation direction.

We recommend applying HUSBAND adhesive underneath the HUS815 washer to facilitate application.

Install the HBS screw of the desired length. Do not use pulse screw guns. Pay attention when tightening the connection.
STEEL-TIMBER INSTALLATION FROM BELOW
If the clearance (F) is small, the screws are installed using a long insert; both flanges must be drilled.
RELATED PRODUCTS

In this F range, there are not enough long bits and not enough free space for the operator to manoeuvre. The slight inclination of the HUS 15° allows for easy fastening.

Remove the liner and apply the washer at the hole, paying attention to the insertion direction.

Installation completed. The 15° screw angle ensures that the distance to the head of the panel (or beam) is maintained.
When sufficient free space is available for installation, a HUS washer can also be used, within the minimum distances.






GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• HBS screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis.
Tabulated values at page 44 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Resistance values are calculated considering one single screw.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | CLT FLOOR-TO-STEEL BEAM
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled in accordance with the indications provided in this technical data sheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The proposed screw length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In the case of steel plates on both sides of the beam, the geometry of the connection must be designed to avoid collisions between screws inserted from opposite sides.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of F e = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
XYLOFON WASHER
SEPARATING WASHER FOR SCREWS
ACOUSTIC PERFORMANCE
It improves soundproofing by decoupling of timber-to-timber joints made with screws.
STATICS
The washer increases the rope effect in the connection, thus improving the static performance of the detail.
SWELLING OF TIMBER
It gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/swelling of the wood.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SEPARATING WASHER FOR SCREWS
ULS 440 - WASHER
For more information on the product, go to www.rothoblaas.com.


GEOMETRY
s dext dint
TESTED
The static performance has been tested at the University of Innsbruck for safe use in structural applications.
Thanks to its modified polyurethane blend, it is extremely chemically stable and resistant to creep deformation.

More acoustic comfort in your timber house
XYLOFON è il profilo resiliente ad altissime prestazioni che assicura comfort acustico nelle strutture e nelle case in legno. Realizzato in mescola poliuretanica, è disponibile in 5 versioni da 20 a 90 shore, in base al carico che deve sostenere. Testato e certificato per utilizzo come strato di desolidarizzazione e di interruzione meccanica tra materiali edili, riduce la trasmissione del rumore per via aerea e strutturale fino a oltre 15 dB. Affidati al profilo acustico più performante del mercato.

Scan the QR code and discover the technical features of XYLOFON
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
STRUCTURAL DESIGN AND ACOUSTICS
The mechanical behaviour of timber-to-timber shear connections with a resilient sound insulation profile in between was studied in depth, both in terms of strength and stiffness, through an extensive experimental campaign.
EXPERIMENTAL INVESTIGATION
ANALYTICAL CHARACTERISATION OF A GAP CONNECTION USING PREDICTIVE MODELS
For the analytical evaluation of the mechanical parameters of the connection (strength and stiffness), models available in the literature were applied, which modify Johansen's basic theory.
APPLICATION OF THE MODEL TO CONNECTIONS WITH AN INTERPOSED RESILIENT PROFILE
Over 50 configurations considered by varying numerous parameters.
RESILIENT PROFILES
Thickness investigated: 1/4", 2 x 1/4", 3 x 1/4"

(monolithic and deformable)

(expanded and compressible)
ASSESSMENT OF THE FRICTION COEFFICIENT μ FOR XYLOFON ACOUSTIC PROFILES
The tests carried out revealed interface properties of a frictional nature that seem to particularly influence the behaviour of the timber connections, especially in terms of strength.

(monolithic and deformable)
CONNECTORS

EXECUTION OF MONOTONIC TESTS
For the validation of the predictive model studied, samples with one and two shear planes were tested.

EXECUTION OF CYCLIC TESTS
For the comparison of the behaviour under monotonic and cyclic loads, samples with two shear planes were tested.
over 250 TESTS
Experimental campaign carried out in cooperation with: CIRI Edilizia e Costruzioni Interdepartmental Centre for Industrial Research Alma Mater Studiorum - Università di Bologna

Friction
PIANO A-B
PIANO C-D-E
CAMPAIGN RESULTS
The results were analysed by bi-linearising the experimental curves. It can be seen that the cyclic behaviour is consistent with the monotonic behaviour.
Graphical representation of experimental data from monotonic tests (left) and cyclic tests (right).
INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS
The comparative analysis focused mainly on strength and stiffness parameters. The values obtained in the various configurations were made adimensional with respect to the TIMBER case.
Monolithic, deformable polyurethane and EPDM profiles (represented by XYLOFON 70 in the graphs) do not significantly change the strength of the connection when the elastic modulus of the material changes compared to the timber-to-timber case.
With expanded and compressible profiles (represented by PIANO B in the graphs), on the other hand, the variation from the reference configuration is more significant.
profile structure medium-high Ry as compressibility increases ( *)
proportional to the % of air contained in the material.
According to the analytical model, the use of large thickness values (s > 1/4") leads to a progressive degradation of strength and stiffness regardless of the type of profile interposed.
Mechanical stiffness, on the other hand, shows a more or less marked degradation trend depending on the different parameters investigated and their interconnection.
In conclusion, the mechanical behaviour of the investigated connections under monotonic and cyclic loading conditions is not particularly influenced by the presence of the monolithic XYLOFON and PIANO acoustic profiles.
The strength values, as a first approximation, can, in the case of profiles with a thickness not exceeding 1/4", always be traced back to the case of direct timber-to-timber connection, thus neglecting the presence of the acoustic profile.
XYLOFON 70 timber monotonic
PIANO B air
cyclic XYLOFON 70 monotonic XYLOFON 70
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pull-through. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
NEW-GENERATION WOODS
Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and beech LVL. Extremely versatile, the TBS screw guarantees the use of new-generation woods for the creation of increasingly innovative and sustainable structures.
FAST

With the 3 THORNS tip, screw grip becomes more reliable and faster, while maintaining the usual mechanical performance. More speed, less effort.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels • fibreboard and MDF panels • solid timber and glulam
woods


SECONDARY BEAMS
Ideal for fastening joists to sill beams to achieve high wind uplift resistance. The flange head guarantees excellent tensile strength which means the use of additional lateral fastening systems can be avoided.
I-JOIST
Values also tested and certified for CLT and high density woods such as LVL and other laminated veneer products.

Fastening SIP panels with 0.32 inch (8 mm) diameter TBS screws.

Fastening CLT walls with TBS screws.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS



MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[in]
a
a 2 [in]
a3,t [in]
a3,c [in]
a 4,t [in] 10∙d
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.48 [mm] 6 8 10 12
a 1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
a3,t [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a3,c [in] 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.48 [mm] 6 8 10 12
a 1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 4 3/4 6 1/4 8 9 1/2
a3,c [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16
6 8 10 12 10∙d 2 3/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 3/8
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.48 6 8 10 12 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16 20∙d 4 3/4 6 1/4 8 9 1/2 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8 12∙d 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.


THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
HEAD PULL-THROUGH (WH) | WOOD
( * ) Head pull-through values for TBS Ø12 (0.48
adressed
( * ) Minumum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
SHEAR
TENSION SPACING
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• TBS screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα :
Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 95 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.

Structural connection elements in digital format
Complete with three-dimensional geometric features and additional parametric information, they are available in IFC, REVIT, ALLPLAN, ARCHICAD and TEKLA format, and are ready to integrate into your next successful project. Download them now!
Download them now!
TBS SOFTWOOD
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
SAW TIP
Special self-perforating tip with serrated thread (SAW tip) that cuts the timber grains, facilitating initial grip and subsequent pull-through.
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pull-through. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
LONGER THREAD
Greater thread length (60%) to ensure superb joint closure and great versatility.
SOFTWOOD
Optimised geometry for maximum performance on the most common construction timbers.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm] [in] [mm]
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

TIMBER FRAME & SIP PANELS
Range of sizes designed for fastening applications of medium to large structural elements such as lightweight boards and frames up to SIP and Sandwich type panels.
TBS MAX
XL FLANGE HEAD SCREW
FLANGE HEAD OF INCREASED SIZE
The oversized head provides excellent head pull-through strength and joint tightening capacity.
LONGER THREAD
The oversized thread of the TBS MAX guarantees excellent withdrawal resistance and clamping strength of the joint.
RIBBED FLOORS
Thanks to its large head and oversized thread, it is the ideal screw in the production of ribbed floors (Rippendecke). Used in conjunction with SHARP METAL, it optimises the number of fasteners by avoiding the use of presses when gluing timber elements together.
3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• SIP and ribbed panels.
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in] 13/64
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3)
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
(allowable) f tens [lbf]
Withdrawal (design value) W90
[in]
Head pull-through (design value) WH [lbf]

TBS MAX FOR RIB TIMBER
With its increased thread (4 3/4") and enlarged head (0.965 inch), the TBS MAX guarantees excellent grip and superb joint closure. Ideal for the production of ribbed floors (Rippendecke), optimising the number of fastenings.
SHARP METAL
Ideal in combination with the SHARP METAL system, as the enlarged head guarantees excellent joint tightening, making the use of presses unnecessary when gluing wooden elements together.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.32 [mm] 8
a1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/8
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a3,c [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
d 1 [in]
a1 [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a3,c [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.32 [mm] 8
a1 [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 7∙d 2 3/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 6 1/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 3 3/4
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
8 10∙d 2 3/16 5∙d 1 9/16 15∙d 4 3/4 10∙d 3 1/8 10∙d 3 1/8 5∙d 1 9/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 2 3/16 0.32 8 10∙d 3 1/8 7∙d 2 3/16 20∙d 6 1/4 15∙d 4 3/4 12∙d 3 3/4 7∙d 2 3/16 screws
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a1 [in]
a 2 [in]
a3,t [in]
a3,c [in] 7∙d 2 3/16
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 2 3/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 15/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
HEAD PULL-THROUGH (WH) | WOOD
( * ) Minimum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
( * ) Minumum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
CLT | HALF LAP
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• TBS MAX screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα :
Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 108 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN
VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel's face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel's narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.

A breakthrough in fast, reliable, glue-free timber connections
The SHARP METAL hooked plate revolutionises timber-to-timber connections with a simple but incredibly effective system. The multitude of small hooks distributed over the two surfaces of the plate allows for a secure joint that can be easily removed when necessary.
Ideal for ribbed or formwork floors: thanks to the SHARP METAL hooks and TBS MAX tightening, there is no need for glues, adhesives or presses.

Download the data sheet
TBS FRAME
FLAT FLANGE HEAD SCREW
FLAT FLANGE HEAD
The flange head ensures excellent tightening capacity of the joint; the flat shape allows a joint without additional thickness on the wooden surface, thus enabling the fixing of plates on the same element without interference.
SHORT THREAD
The short, fixed-length thread at 1 5/16" (34 mm) is optimised for fastening multi-layer elements (Multi-ply) for lightweight frame construction.
BLACK E-COATING
Coated with black E-coating for easy recognition on site and increased corrosion resistance.
3 THORNS TIP
TBSF is easily installed without pre-drilling hole. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL

electrogalvanised carbon steel with black E-Coating


FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• multi-ply trusses
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
[in]
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in]
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
Nominal
(specified) Fy,b [psi]
Withdrawal (design value) W90 [lbf/in]
Head pull-through (design value) WH [lbf]

MULTI-PLY TRUSSES
It is available in optimised lengths for fastening 2-, 3- and 4-ply truss elements of the most common solid timber and LVL dimensions.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.32 [mm] 8
a1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/8
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a3,c [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a1 [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a3,c [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 3 1/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.32 [mm] 8
a1 [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a 2 [in] 7∙d 2 3/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 6 1/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 4 3/4
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 3 3/4
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 2 3/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
8 10∙d 2 3/16 5∙d 1 9/16
4 3/4
3 1/8
3 1/8 5∙d 1 9/16
6 1/4
4 3/4 12∙d 3 3/4 7∙d 2 3/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a
a3,c [in] 7∙d
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 2 3/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 15/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
APPLICATION EXAMPLES: MULTI-PLY FASTENINGS
screw: TBSF873
timber element: 2 x 1 1/2" (38 mm)
total thickness: 3" (76 mm)
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 121
screw: TBSF8111
timber element: 3 x 1 1/2" (38 mm) total thickness: 4 1/2" (114 mm)
screw: TBSF8149
timber element: 4 x 1 1/2" (38 mm) total thickness: 6" (152 mm)
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum
of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for
to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
HEAD PULL-THROUGH (WH) | WOOD
( * ) Minimum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
CLT | FLOOR-TO-BEAM
( * ) Minumum
CLT | HALF LAP
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• TBS FRAME screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα :
Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
γM 1
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 118 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel's face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel's narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
TBS EVO
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in exposure condition 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
INTEGRATED WASHER
The flange head serves as washer and ensures high head strength and pullthrough. Ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criteria AC257 for outdoor use in ACQ-treated wood.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 354).

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber


OUTDOOR WALKWAYS
Ideal for the construction of outdoor structures such as walkways and arcades. Values also certified for screw insertion parallel to the grain.
SIP PANELS
Values also tested and certified for CLT and high density woods such as LVL and other laminated veneer products. Suitable for fastening SIP and sandwich panels.

Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Multi-ply beam fastening.
GEOMETRY
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
6 0.24 #14 TX 30
INSTALLATION
NOTE: The thickness of the washer after installation is
The maximum thickness of the fastening package was calculated by ensuring a minimum penetration length into the wood of 4∙d.

FASTENING METAL SHEET
Can be installed on sheets up to 0.027 inch (0,7 mm) thick without pre-drilling. TBS EVO Ø0.24 inch (6 mm) is ideal when used in combination with washer WBAZ. For outdoor use in exposure conditions 1 and 3 according to AC257 and wet use according to NDS.
WBAZ WASHER
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[mm] 6 8 10
a1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 3 1/8 4
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16
a3,t [in]
a3,c
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 3/16 1
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
0.32 0.40 [mm] 6 8 10
a1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6
a3,c [in] 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.24 0.32 0.40 [mm] 6 8 10
a1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4
a3,t [in] 20∙d 4 3/4 6 1/4 8
a3,c [in] 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16
6 8 10 10∙d 2 3/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 5∙d 1 3/16 1 9/16 1 15/16
10∙d 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 20∙d 4 3/4 6 1/4 8 15∙d 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 12∙d 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4 7∙d 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4
d
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a 4,t [in]
a 4,c [in]
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
HEAD PULL-THROUGH (WH) | WOOD
( * ) Minimum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• TBS EVO screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In case of combined axial and shear forces, the designer shall refer to the Hankinson formula, as specified in section 12.4.1 of the NDS, to evaluate the load-bearing capacity.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα :
Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 128 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH
DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel's face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel's narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
• Typical fastener spacings are declared considering a generic load condition; spacings should be verified and defined according to the real load conditions.
CLT | WALL-TO-WALL | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the wall plane.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
CLT | FLOOR-TO-WOOD BEAM
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam’s axis.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal, head-pull through and tensile strength of the screw.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• Double lumber is considered as two coupled element of 2 inches thick.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In configurations with no declared value (-) the fastener exceeds the main member depth.
SPLINE JOINT
• Spline thickness is considered to be thinner than the top CLT layer.
• For Root Diameter d 2 >0.25 inch, the bearing strength of the spline is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the spline’s direction.
• The width of the spline and consequent machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining’s direction.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw’s length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
TBS EVO C5
FLANGE HEAD SCREW
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. SST (Salt Spray Test) with exposure time greater than 3000h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions. The wide head provides additional tensile strength, which is ideal in the presence of wind or variations in timber dimensions.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.





DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
For minimum distances and structural values see TBS on page 88

LIGHT FRAME & MASS TIMBER
The extensive size range allows a wide variety of applications: from timber frame and trusses to the joining of engineered timber such as LVL and CLT, in the aggressive environments that characterise atmospheric class C5.
COACH SCREW DIN571
CE MARKING
Screws with the CE mark, in accordance with EN 14592.
HEXAGONAL HEAD
Appropriate for use on plates in steel-to-timber applications, thanks to its hexagonal head.
OUTDOOR VERSION
Also available in stainless steel A2 | AISI304 for outdoor use.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II) electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL
AI571
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
AI571 - A2 | AISI304
AI571 stainless steel screws are not CE marked.
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diametersmooth part(2)
Pre-drilling hole diameterthreaded part(3)
Thread length
[in]
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling for the shank applies to every wood species.
(3) Pre-drilling for the threaded part applies to every wood species.


Small in size
yet big in performance
NINO, the universal fastening solution for timber walls.
Scan the QR code and discover the technical features of NINO
NINO angle brackets introduce the new concept of universal angle brackets into the Rothoblaas range. They combine the simplicity of WBR building angle brackets with the technical quality of TITAN angle brackets. www.rothoblaas.com





AXIALLY LOADED CONNECTORS
FULLY THREADED SCREWS
STRENGTH
The strength is proportional to the effective thread length within the timber element.
The connectors guarantee high performances even with small diameters. The stresses are distributed, as of tangential stresses, along the entire wood surface affected by the screw thread.
For the verification of a connection with axially stressed connectors, it will be necessary to evaluate the limiting strength, depending on the acting load.
The strength of the full thread connector is related to its mechanical performance and the type of wood material in which it is applied.
TIMBER
TENSION-stressed full thread connectors
TIMBER
total thread withdrawal partial thread withdrawal total thread withdrawal
TIMBER
STEEL + TIMBER
COMPRESSION-stressed full thread connectors
STIFFNESS
The joint made with full thread connectors, which utilise their axial strength, guarantees very high stiffness, limited element displacements and reduced ductility.
TIMBER
head pull-through
The graph refers to shear tests to control displacement for HBS screws under lateral stress (shear) and crossed VGZ axially loaded screws.
PARTIAL THREAD SCREWS
The strength is proportional to the diameter and is related to the bearing stress of the timber and the yielding of the screw. The partial thread is mainly used to transfer shear forces that stress the screw perpendicular to its axis.
If the screw is under tensile stress, the pull-through strength of the head must be taken into account, which is often a constraint compared to the withdrawal resistance of the threaded part and compared to the tensile strength on the steel side.
STEEL
tension/head separation
APPLICATIONS
To optimise the performance of full thread or double thread connectors, it is essential to use them in such a way that they are subjected to axial stress. The load is distributed parallel to the axis of the connectors along the effective thread portion. They are used to transfer shear and sliding stresses, for structural reinforcement or for fixing continuous insulation.
CROSSED SCREWS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGZ or VGS
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension and compression
INCLINED SCREWS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SHEAR JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGZ or VGS
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGZ or VGS
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
STEEL-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT
CONNECTORS
VGS (with VGU)
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension
CONCRETE-TIMBER SLIDING JOINT
CONNECTORS CTC
INSERTION
45° to the shear plane
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS Tension





STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
Wood is an anisotropic material. Therefore, it has different mechanical characteristics depending on the direction of the grain and the stress. It provides less resistance and stiffness for stresses orthogonal to the grain, but can be reinforced with full thread connectors (VGS, VGZ or RTR).
NOTCHED BEAM
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grain
INSERTION
90° to the grain
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
BEAM WITH HANGING LOAD
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grain
INSERTION
90° to the grain
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT
SPECIAL BEAM (curved, tapered, with double inclination)
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grain
INSERTION
90° to the grain
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
BEAM WITH OPENINGS
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Tension perpendicular to the grain
INSERTION
90° to the grain
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Tension
SUPPORT BEAM
TYPE OF REINFORCEMENT
Compression perpendicular to the grain
INSERTION
90° to the grain
STRESSES ON CONNECTORS
Compression
FAILURE REINFORCEMENT


FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FAILURE REINFORCEMENT

FASTENING FOR CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Installation of a continuous layer of insulation guarantees excellent energy performance, limiting thermal bridges. Efficiency is bound to the use of appropriate fastening systems (ex. DGZ), suitably designed.
SLIDING OF INSULATION AND ROOFING
The connectors for fixing insulation prevent the package from sliding due to the load component parallel to the pitch, resulting in damage to the roof system and loss of insulating power.
CRUSHING OF INSULATION
If insulation does not have sufficient compressive strength, the connectors with double threads effectively transfer the loads and prevent crushing with consequent loss of insulating power of the assembly.
ROOFING AND FAÇADE APPLICATIONS
PROBLEM SOLUTION

PROBLEM SOLUTION

SOFT INSULATION
Low compression resistance
σ (10%) < 7 psi
HARD INSULATION
High compression resistance
σ (10%) ≥ 7 psi
The continuous insulation does not support the load component perpendicular to the layer (N).
The continuous insulation supports the load component perpendicular to the layer (N);
SOFT OR HARD CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Fasteners must withstand both wind actions (±N) and transfer vertical forces (F).
LEGEND: A. Tension-stressed screw. B. Compression-stressed screw. C. Additional screw for suction pressure.
NOTE: Adequate batten thickness makes it possible to optimise the number of fastenings.
For the sizing and positioning of connectors, download MyProject. Simplify your work!

FULL THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
It allows the screw to penetrate and pass through the surface of the wood substrate. Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. It is the right choice to ensure strength in fire conditions.
TIMBER FRAME
Also ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and uprights of light frame structures.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
solid timber


STRUCTURAL RESTORATION
Ideal for coupling beams in structural renovations and new works. Can also be used parallel to the grain thanks to the special approval.
CLT, LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as LVL, Plywood or other laminated veneer products.

Very high stiffness in side-by-side joining of CLT floors. Application with double inclination at 45°, perfect combined with the JIG VGZ template.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Reinforcement orthogonal to grain for hanging load due to joining of main-secondary beams.
GEOMETRY
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
VGZ780 80 3 1/8 70 2 3/4 50
VGZ7100 100 4 90 3 1/2 50
VGZ7120 120 4 3/4 110 4 3/8 50
VGZ7140 140 5 1/2 130 5 1/8 50
VGZ7160 160 6 1/4 150 6 50
VGZ7180 180 7 1/8 170 6 3/4 50
VGZ7200 200 8 190 7 1/2 50
VGZ7220 220 8 5/8 210 8 1/4 50
VGZ7240 240 9 1/2 230 9 1/16 50
VGZ7260 260 10 1/4 250 10 50
d 1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] 7 0.28 #16 TX 30
VGZ7280 280 11 270 10 5/8 50
VGZ7300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 50
VGZ7320 320 12 5/8 310 12 3/16 50
VGZ7340 340 13 3/8 330 13 50
VGZ7360 360 14 1/4 350 13 3/4 50
VGZ7380 380 15 370 14 9/16 50
1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in]
VGZ11150 150 6 140 5 1/2 25
VGZ11200 200 8 190 7 1/2 25
VGZ11250 250 10 240 9 1/2 25
VGZ11275 275 10 7/8 265 10 7/16 25
VGZ11300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 25
VGZ11325 325 12 3/4 315 12 3/8 25
VGZ11350 350 13 3/4 340 13 3/8 25
VGZ11375 375 14 3/4 365 14 3/8 25
VGZ11400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 25
VGZ11425 425 16 3/4 415 16 5/16 25
VGZ11450 450 17 3/4 440 17 1/4 25
VGZ11475 475 18 11/16 465 18 5/16 25
VGZ11500 500 19 3/4 490 19 5/16 25
VGZ11525 525 20 11/16 515 20 1/4 25
VGZ11550 550 21 5/8 540 21 1/4 25
VGZ11575 575 22 5/8 565 22 1/4 25
VGZ11600 600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
VGZ9160 160 6 1/4 150 6 50
VGZ9180 180 7 1/8 170 6 3/4 50
VGZ9200 200 8 190 7 1/2 50
VGZ9220 220 8 5/8 210 8 1/4 50
VGZ9240 240 9 1/2 230 9 1/16 50
VGZ9260 260 10 1/4 250 10 50
VGZ9280 280 11 270 10 5/8 50
VGZ9300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 50
VGZ9320 320 12 5/8 310 12 3/16 50
VGZ9340 340 13 3/8 330 13 50
VGZ7400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 50 9 0.36 TX 40
VGZ9360 360 14 1/4 350 13 3/4 50
VGZ9380 380 15 370 14 9/16 50
VGZ9400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 50
VGZ9440 440 17 1/4 430 16 15/16 25
VGZ9480 480 19 470 18 1/2 25
VGZ9520 520 20 1/2 510 20 1/16 25
VGZ9560 560 22 550 21 5/8 25
VGZ9600 600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
VGZ11650 650 25 9/16 640 25 3/16 25
VGZ11700 700 27 1/2 690 27 3/16 25
VGZ11750 750 29 1/2 740 29 1/8 25
VGZ11800 800 31 1/2 790 31 1/8 25
VGZ11850 850 33 7/16 840 33 1/16 25
VGZ11900 900 35 1/2 890 35 1/16 25
VGZ11950 950 37 3/8 940 37 25
VGZ111000 1000 39 3/8 990 39 25
RELATED PRODUCTS

TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS page 437

JIG VGZ 45° TEMPLATE
Installation at 45° using the JIG VGZ steel template.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
0.50
2 3/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 5∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 2 3/16 d 1 [in] 0.28 0.36 0.44 [mm] 7 9 11
a 1 [in] 15∙d 4 1/8 5 5/16 6 1/2
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 5 1/2 7 1/8 8 5/8
a3,c [in] 15∙d 4 1/8 5 5/16 6 1/2
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 3 5/16 4 1/4 5 3/16
> 0.50
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16 0.28 0.36 0.44 7 9 11 10∙d 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16 20∙d 5 1/2 7 1/8 8 5/8 15∙d 4 1/8 5 5/16 6 1/2 12∙d 3 5/16 4 1/4 5 3/16 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.28 0.36 0.44 [mm] 7 9 11
a 1 [in] 10∙d 2 3/4 3 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 1/8 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16
a3,t [in] 12∙d 3 5/16 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 13/16 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 0.28 0.36 0.44 7 9 11 5∙d 1 3/8 1 3/4 5∙d 2 3/16 4∙d 1 1/8 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 12∙d 3 5/16 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 3∙d 13/16 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a1 [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 7∙d 3 1/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 1/8
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSSED SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
b = S g,tot = L - 3/8" represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - 3/8" - 3/8" - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 3/8"
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 163
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page
SLIDING RESISTANCE (Rv) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page
SLIDING RESISTANCE (Rv) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8
angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 163
installed at
A B
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 163
NOTES
• Ledger Specific Gravity is considered as G = 0.49.
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for
of the connectors in this application.
geometry crossed screws
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 163
NOTES
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• The connector compression design strength is the lower between the withdrawal-side design strength and the instability design strength.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 163
NOTES
• The static values were calculated assuming an insertion angle of the screw with respect to the vertical of 20°.
• For uplift loads, the screw is assumed to resist with an axial mechanism. For the other load directions (Zh and Zp) the screw is assumed to resist with pure shear.
• The density considered is G = 0.35 for Northern Species, G = 0.42 for SPF.
• For simultaneous loads, in different directions, on a screw, the allowable load must be evaluated using the following equation: (Design Uplift ÷ Allowable Uplift) + (Design F1 ÷ Allowable F1) + (Design F2 ÷ Allowable F2) ≤ 1.0, where the three terms in the unity equation represent the possible generated force directions. The number of terms that must be considered for simultaneous loading is the sole discretion of the designer and depends on the method of calculating wind forces and the utilization of the screws within the structural system.
TOOLS AND MACHINES, everything you need to work in best conditions on site. Discover them on our website or ask your trusted agent for the catalogue. www.rothoblaas.com



INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER JOINT WITH CROSSED CONNECTORS
TIGHTENING THE JOINT

For correct installation of the joint, we recommend tightening the elements before inserting the connectors.
INSERTION OF CONNECTORS

To ensure the correct positioning and inclination of the VGZ screws, we recommend using the JIGVGZ45 template.

Insert a partially threaded screw (e.g. HBS680) to bring the elements closer together.

After tightening about one third of the screw, remove the JIGVGZ45 template and continue with the installation.

The HBS screw eliminated the initial gap between the elements. After positioning the VGZ connectors, it can be removed.

Repeat the procedure to install the inserted screw from the main beam to the secondary beam.
JOINT BETWEEN CLT PANELS WITH CONNECTORS INCLINED IN BOTH DIRECTIONS (45°-45°)

To ensure the correct positioning and inclination of the VGZ screws, we recommend using the JIGVGZ45 template positioned at 45° to the panel head.
RELATED PRODUCTS


After tightening about one third of the screw, remove the JIGVGZ45 template and continue with the installation.

Repeat the procedure to install the screw in the adjoining panel and continue this alternating sequence according to the distances provided in the design.



GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• VGZ screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• VGZ screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In the case of combined axial and shear forces on a screw, for the determination of the load-bearing capacity refer to the Hankinson formula found in the NDS section 12.4.1.
REFERENCE
LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the screw is intended to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
k α =
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis.
Tabulated values at page 151 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
For fully-threaded screws the head pull-through resistanche is not relevant for the connection resistance, thread withdrawalis governing. these values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw; the lower value is the governing one.
SLIDING RESISTANCE
• Unless otherwise noted, the screws is inend to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The 45° inclined screw is intended to work in withrawal and the resulting resistance of the connection is given by the projection of the withrawal resistance (along screw axis) onto the shear plane.
• The design values must be inferior to f tens of the screw projected onto the shear plane.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Rv: withrawal resistance of the screws projected on the shear force axis.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
FLOOR-TO-BEAM | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam's axis or wall plane.
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT (FLOORTO-WALL).
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The CLT side Rv resistance is calculated taking into account a screw-tograin angle as the lowest between the involved layers. In this case the considered angle is 45°.
BUTT JOINT
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered to be 60°. The geometry of the joint requires that the connectors be inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel, and at an angle of 45° with respect to the shear plane between the two panels.
• An end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the withrawal resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Reported values represent the shear resistance of the connection along the shear plane for a single fastener.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended to ensure precise installation of the connectors in this application.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining's direction.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°. The screw are considered inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel in the machining's direction. In this direction the the screw is intended to work in withrawal. In the opposite direction the screws are intended to work in shear.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• Rv resistance is calculated by taking into account the screw-to-grain angle as the lowest among the involved layers. In this case, the angle considered is 45°.
VGZ EVO
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
C4 EVO COATING
Multilayer coating with a surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in exposure condition 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criteria AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Deep thread and high resistance steel for excellent tensile performance. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Reduced minimum distances.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
It allows the screw to penetrate and pass through the surface of the wood substrate. Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. It is the right choice for increased fire performance.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL •
woods • ACQ, CCA treated timber
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating


TRUSS & RAFTER JOINTS
Ideal for joining small timber elements such as the crossbeams and uprights of light frame structures. Certified for application parallel to the grain and with reduced minimum distances.
TIMBER STUDS
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as LVL, Plywood or other laminated veneer products. Ideal for fastening I-Joist beams.

Fastening Wood Trusses outdoors.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Fastening the uprights of light frame structures with VGZ EVO #11 (0.21 inch) and #12 (0.23 inch).
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3)
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Tensile strength (allowable) f
Bending yield strength (specified) Fy,b [psi]
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
5,3 0.21 #11
TX 25
0.23 #12
TX 25 VGZEVO5140
7 0.27 #16
TX 30 VGZEVO780
VGZEVO11250 250 10 240 9 1/2 25 VGZEVO11300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 25
VGZEVO11350 350 13 3/4 340 13 3/8 25
VGZEVO11400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 25
VGZEVO11450 450 17 3/4 440 17 1/4 25
VGZEVO11500 500 19 3/4 490 19 5/16 25
VGZEVO11550 550 21 5/8 540 21 1/4 25
VGZEVO11600 600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
VGZEVO7340 340 13 3/8 330 13 50
VGZEVO9160 160 6 1/4 150 6 50
VGZEVO9180 180 7 1/8 170 6 3/4 50
VGZEVO9200 200 8 190 7 1/2 50
VGZEVO9220 220 8 5/8 210 8 1/4 50
VGZEVO9240 240 9 1/2 230 9 1/16 50
VGZEVO9260 260 10 1/4 250 10 50
VGZEVO9280 280 11 270 10 5/8 50
VGZEVO9300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 50
VGZEVO9320 320 12 5/8 310 12 3/16 25
VGZEVO7380 380 15 370 14 9/16 50 9 0.36 TX 40
VGZEVO9340 340 13 3/8 330 13 25
VGZEVO9360 360 14 1/4 350 13 3/4 25
VGZEVO9380 380 15 370 14 9/16 25
VGZEVO9400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 25
VGZEVO9440 440 17 1/4 430 16 15/16 25
VGZEVO9480 480 19 470 18 1/2 25
VGZEVO9520 520 20 1/2 510 20 1/16 25

TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS page 437

OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as LVL, Plywood or other laminated veneer products. Ideal for fastening timber-framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter, Truss).
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a
[in]
a3,t [in]
[in]
a 4,c [in]
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
0.23 0.28
[mm] 5,3 5,6 7 9 11
a 1 [in] 15∙d 3 1/8 3 5/16 4 1/8 5 5/16 6 1/2
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 4 3/16 4 7/16 5 1/2 7 1/8 8 5/8
a3,c [in] 15∙d 3 1/8 3 5/16 4 1/8 5 5/16 6 1/2
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 2 1/2 2 11/16 3 5/16 4 1/4 5 3/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
5,3 5,6 7 9 11 10∙d 2 1/16 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 1/2 4 3/8 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16 20∙d 4 3/16 4 7/16 5 1/2 7 1/8 8 5/8 15∙d 3 1/8 3 5/16 4 1/8 5 5/16 6 1/2 12∙d 2 1/2 2 11/16 3 5/16 4 1/4 5 3/16 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 3 1/16
d 1 [in] 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.44 [mm] 5,3 5,6 7 9 11
a 1 [in] 10∙d 2 1/16 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16
a3,t [in] 12∙d 2 1/2 2 11/16 3 5/16 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 5/8 11/16 13/16 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.44 5,3 5,6 7 9 11 5∙d 1 1/16 1 1/8 1 3/8 1 3/4 5∙d 2 3/16 4∙d 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 12∙d 2 1/2 2 11/16 3 5/16 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 3∙d 5/8 11/16 13/16 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.44 [mm] 5,3 5,6 7 9 11
a 1 [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 7∙d 3 1/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16
a1,CG [in] 10∙d 2 1/16 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 1/2 10∙d 4 3/8
a 2,CG [in] 4∙d 7/8 7/8 1 1/8 1 7/16 4∙d 1 3/4
a CROSS [in] 1,5∙d 5/16 3/8 7/16 9/16 1,5∙d 11/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.21 0.23 0.28 0.36 0.44 [mm] 5,3 5,6 7 9 11
a 1 [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16 a 2 [in] 3∙d 5/8 11/16 13/16 1 1/16 5∙d 2 3/16
a1,CG [in] 7∙d 1 1/2 1 9/16 1 15/16 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4
a 2,CG [in] 3∙d 5/8 11/16 13/16 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16
a CROSS [in] 1,5∙d 5/16 3/8 7/16 9/16 1,5∙d 11/16
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
a2,CG
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSSED SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
a1
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
L b S g S g 3/8 3/8 Tol.
b = S g,tot = L - 3/8" represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - 3/8" - 3/8" - Tol.)/ 2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 3/8"
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
PRINCIPLES
SLIDING RESISTANCE (Rv) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page
A B
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 179
NOTES
• Ledger Specific Gravity is considered as G = 0.49.
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
WOOD | CROSSED SCREW CONNECTION
WOOD | TOE-NAIL CONNECTION
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 179
CROSSED SCREW CONNECTION
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• The connector compression design strength is the lower between the withdrawal-side design strength and the instability design strength.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
TOE-NAIL CONNECTION
• The static values were calculated assuming an insertion angle of the screw with respect to the vertical of 20°.
• For uplift loads, the screw is assumed to resist with an axial mechanism. For the other load directions (Zh and Zp) the screw is assumed to resist with pure shear.
• The density considered is G = 0.35 for Northern Species, G = 0.42 for SPF.
• For simultaneous loads, in different directions, on a screw, the allowable load must be evaluated using the following equation: (Design Uplift ÷ Allowable Uplift) + (Design F1 ÷ Allowable F1) + (Design F2 ÷ Allowable F2) ≤ 1.0, where the three terms in the unity equation represent the possible generated force directions. The number of terms that must be considered for simultaneous loading is the sole discretion of the designer and depends on the method of calculating wind forces and the utilization of the screws within the structural system.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• VGZ screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• VGZ screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In the case of combined axial and shear forces on a screw, for the determination of the load-bearing capacity refer to the Hankinson formula found in the NDS section 12.4.1.
REFERENCE
LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the screw is intended to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
k α =
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis.
Tabulated values at page 171 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
For fully-threaded screws the head pull-through resistanche is not relevant for the connection resistance, thread withdrawalis governing. these values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw; the lower value is the governing one.
SLIDING RESISTANCE
• Unless otherwise noted, the screws is inend to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The 45° inclined screw is intended to work in withrawal and the resulting resistance of the connection is given by the projection of the withrawal resistance (along screw axis) onto the shear plane.
• The design values must be inferior to f tens of the screw projected onto the shear plane.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Rv: withrawal resistance of the screws projected on the shear force axis.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
FLOOR-TO-BEAM | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam's axis or wall plane.
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT (FLOORTO-WALL).
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The CLT side Rv resistance is calculated taking into account a screw-tograin angle as the lowest between the involved layers. In this case the considered angle is 45°.
BUTT JOINT
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered to be 60°. The geometry of the joint requires that the connectors be inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel, and at an angle of 45° with respect to the shear plane between the two panels.
• An end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the withrawal resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Reported values represent the shear resistance of the connection along the shear plane for a single fastener.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended to ensure precise installation of the connectors in this application.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining's direction.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°. The screw are considered inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel in the machining's direction. In this direction the the screw is intended to work in withrawal. In the opposite direction the screws are intended to work in shear.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• Rv resistance is calculated by taking into account the screw-to-grain angle as the lowest among the involved layers. In this case, the angle considered is 45°.
VGZ EVO C5
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH CYLINDRICAL HEAD
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice if high mechanical performance is required under very adverse atmospheric corrosive conditions. The cylindrical head makes it ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements.





DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
C5
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
hole
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
For minimum distances and structural values see VGZ on page 144

SEASIDE BUILDINGS
Ideal for fastening elements with small cross-sections close to the sea. Certified for application parallel to the grain and with reduced minimum distances.
THE HIGHEST PERFORMANCE
The strength and robustness of a VGZ combined with the best anti-corrosion performance.
VGZ HARDWOOD
FULLY THREADED SCREW FOR HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with diamond geometry and notched, serrated thread. ETA-11/0030 certification for use with high-density wood without pre-drilling hole or with an appropriate pilot hole. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°).
HYBRID SOFTWOOD-HARDWOOD
The high-strength steel and the increased screw diameter allow excellent tensile and torsional performance to be achieved, thus ensuring safe screwing in high-density wood.
INCREASED DIAMETER
Deep thread and high resistance steel for excellent tensile performance. Characteristics that, together with an excellent torsional moment value, guarantee screwing in the highest densities of wood.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD

Ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements. Improved performance in fire conditions compared to countersunk head.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel


FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• hybrid engineered timbers (softwood-hardwood) • beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
NOTES: upon request, EVO version is available.
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE
Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drilling on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.
BEECH LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such beech laminated veneer lumber. Certified for use for densities of up to [G = 0.94].
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
CERTIFICATION FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE
Structural connector approved for timber applications according to ETA-11/0030 and for timber-concrete applications according to ETA-22/0806.
TENSILE STRENGTH
Deep thread and high strength steel for excellent tensile or sliding performance. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°).
Can be used on steel plates in combination with the VGU and HUS washers.
COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
Countersunk head up to L = 23 5/8" (600 mm), ideal for use on plates or for concealed reinforcements. Hexagonal head L > 23 5/8" (600 mm) to facilitate gripping with screwdriver.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel




FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels • solid timber • glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
CLT and LVL
high density woods


TC FUSION
The ETA-22/0806 approval of the TC FUSION system allows the VGS screws to be used together with the reinforcements in the concrete so that the panel floor slabs and the bracing core can be bonded together with a small integration of the casting.
GEOMETRY
hole diameter(3)
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
NOTE
• The mechanical parameters of the VGS Ø15 (0.60") screws in the tables have been estimated
0.36 TX 40
VGS9100 100 4 90 3 1/2 50
VGS9120 120 4 3/4 110 4 3/8 50
VGS9140 140 5 1/2 130 5 1/8 50
VGS9160 160 6 1/4 150 6 50
VGS9180 180 7 1/8 170 6 3/4 50
VGS9200 200 8 190 7 1/2 50
VGS9220 220 8 5/8 210 8 1/4 50
VGS9240 240 9 1/2 230 9 1/16 50
VGS9260 260 10 1/4 250 10 50
VGS9280 280 11 270 10 5/8 50
VGS9300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 50
VGS9320 320 12 5/8 310 12 3/16 50
VGS9340 340 13 3/8 330 13 50
VGS9360 360 14 1/4 350 13 3/4 50
VGS9380 380 15 370 14 9/16 50
VGS9400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 50
VGS9440 440 17 1/4 430 16 15/16 25
VGS9480 480 19 470 18 1/2 25
VGS9520 520 20 1/2 510 20 1/16 25
VGS9560 560 22 550 21 5/8 25
600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
VGS1180 80 3 1/8 70 2 3/4 25
VGS11100 100 4 90 3 1/2 25
VGS11125 125 4 15/16 115 4 1/2 25
VGS11150 150 6 140 5 1/2 25
VGS11175 175 6 7/8 165 6 1/2 25
VGS11200 200 8 190 7 1/2 25
VGS11225 225 8 7/8 215 8 7/16 25
VGS11250 250 10 240 9 1/2 25 VGS11275 275 10 7/8 265 10 7/16 25
VGS11300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 25
VGS11325 325 12 3/4 315 12 3/8 25
VGS11350 350 13 3/4 340 13 3/8 25
VGS11375 375 14 3/4 365 14 3/8 25
VGS11400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 25
VGS11425 425 16 3/4 415 16 5/16 25
VGS11450 450 17 3/4 440 17 1/4 25
VGS11475 475 18 11/16 465 18 5/16 25
VGS11500 500 19 3/4 490 19 5/16 25
VGS11525 525 20 11/16 515 20 1/4 25
VGS11550 550 21 5/8 540 21 1/4 25
VGS11575 575 22 5/8 565 22 1/4 25
VGS11600 600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
VGS11650 650 25 9/16 630 24 13/16 25
VGS11700 700 27 1/2 680 26 3/4 25
VGS11750 750 29 1/2 680 26 3/4 25
900 35 1/2 880 34 5/8 25
950 37 3/8 930 36 5/8 25 VGS111000 1000 39 3/8 980 38 9/16 25
80 3 1/8 70 2 3/4 25
VGS13100 100 4 90 3 1/2 25
VGS13150 150 6 140 5 1/2 25
VGS13200
VGS13350 350 13 3/4 330 13 25
VGS13400 400 15 3/4 380 15 25
VGS13450 450 17 3/4 430 16 15/16 25
VGS13500 500 19 3/4 480 19 25
VGS13550 550 21 5/8 530 20 7/8 25 VGS13600 600 23 5/8 580 22 13/16 25
650 25 9/16 630 24 13/16 25
VGS13700 700 27 1/2 680 26 3/4 25
VGS13750 750 29 1/2 730 28 3/4 25
VGS13800 800 31 1/2 780 30 11/16 25 VGS13850 850 33 7/16 830 32 11/16 25 VGS13900 900 35 1/2 880 34 5/8 25 VGS13950 950 37 3/8 930 36 5/8 25
1000 39 3/8 980 38 9/16 25
1100 43 5/16 1080 42 1/2 25 VGS131200 1200 47 1/4 1180 46 7/16 25
VGS131300 1300 51 3/16 1280 50 3/8 25
VGS15700 700 27 1/2 680 26 3/4 25
VGS15800 800 31 1/2 780 30 11/16 25
VGS15900 900 35 1/2 880 34 5/8 25
VGS151000 1000 39 3/8 980 38 9/16 25
VGS151200 1200 47 1/4 1080 42 1/2 25
VGS131400 1400 55 1/8 1380 54 5/16 25 VGS131500 1500 59 1/16 1480 58 1/4 25 15 0.60 TX 50 SW 22 VGS15600 600 23 5/8 580 22 13/16 25
VGS151400 1400 55 1/8 1380 54 5/16 25
VGS151600 1600 63 1580 62 3/16 25
VGS151800 1800 70 7/8 1780 70 1/16 25
VGS152000 2000 78 3/4 1980 77 15/16 25
RELATED PRODUCTS

LIMITER page 436 d 1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in]



WASHER FOR VGS HOOK FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS TRANSPORT page 224 page 441
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a1 [in]
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 3/4
a3,c [in]
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 [mm] 9 11 13 15
a1 [in] 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16 8 7/8
a 2 [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8
a3,t [in] 20∙d 7 1/8 8 5/8 10 1/4 11 3/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16 8 7/8
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 4 1/4 5 3/16 6 1/8 7 1/8
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 9 11 13 15 10∙d 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/8 6 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8 20∙d 7 1/8 8 5/8 10 1/4 11 3/4 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16 8 7/8 12∙d 4 1/4 5 3/16 6 1/8 7 1/8 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 [mm] 9 11 13 15
a1 [in] 10∙d 3 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16
a3,t [in] 12∙d 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8
a3,c [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 2 3/8
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 2 3/8
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 1 9/16 1 3/4 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 9 11 13 15 5∙d 1 3/4 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16 4∙d 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16 12∙d 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 2 3/8 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 2 3/8 3∙d 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 1 9/16 1 3/4
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 [mm] 9 11 13 15
a1 [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 7∙d 3 1/16 3 9/16 4 1/8
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16
a1,CG [in] 10∙d 3 1/2 10∙d 4 3/8 5 1/8 6
a 2,CG [in] 4∙d 1 7/16 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 2 3/8
a CROSS [in] 1,5∙d 9/16 1,5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 [mm] 9 11 13 15
a1 [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16 a 2 [in] 3∙d 1 1/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 2 15/16
a1,CG [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 2 3/8
a 2,CG [in] 3∙d 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 1 9/16 1 3/4
a CROSS [in] 1,5∙d 9/16 1,5∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
b = S g,tot = L - tK represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - tK - 3/8" - Tol.)/2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 3/8"
tK = 3/8" (countersunk head) tK = 3/4" (hexagonal head)
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
PRINCIPLES
500
600
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 205
500
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 205
SLIDING RESISTANCE (Rv) | WOOD
280 11 10 5/8 4 15/16 4 1/16 4 5/8 610 699
300 11 3/4 11 7/16 5 5/16 4 3/8 4 15/16 656
320 12 5/8 12 3/16 5 11/16 4 5/8 5 3/16 703 805 933 1025
340 13 3/8 13 6 1/8 4 7/8 5 1/2 757 867 1005 1104 12 10 1/4 1483 1699 1969 2162
360 14 1/4 13 3/4 6 1/2 5 3/16 5 3/4 803 920 1067
9/16
400 15 3/4 15 3/8 7 1/4 5 11/16 6 1/4 896 1026 1190 1306
440 17 1/4 16 15/16 8 1/16
300
325 12 3/4 12 3/8 5 13/16 4 11/16 5 1/4 774 898
350 13 3/4 13 3/8 6 1/4 5 1/16 5 5/8 832
375 14 3/4 14 3/8 6 3/4 5 3/8 6 899
2529
400 15 3/4 15 3/8 7 1/4 5 11/16 6 1/4 966 1120 1269 1390 14 1/4 12 1898 2201 2494 2732
425 16 3/4 16 5/16 7 3/4 6 1/16 6 5/8 1032 1197 1356 1486
450 17 3/4 17 1/4 8 1/4 6 7/16 7 1099 1274 1444 1582 16 1/8 13 3/8 2148 2490 2822 3092
475 18 11/16 18 5/16 8 5/8 6 3/4 7 3/8 1149 1332 1510 1654
500 19 3/4 19 5/16 9 1/4 7 1/8 7 11/16 1232 1428 1619 1774
525 20 11/16 20 1/4 9 5/8 7 1/2 8 1/16 1282 1486 1685 1846
550 21 5/8 21 1/4 10 1/4 7 13/16 8 7/16 1365 1583 1794 1965
575 22 5/8 22 1/4 10 5/8 8 1/4 8 7/8 1415 1641 1860 2037
600 23 5/8 23 1/4 11 1/4 8 5/8 9 1/4 1498 1737 1969 2157
650 25 9/16 24 13/16 11 3/4 9 1/4 10 1565 1815 2057 2253
700 27 1/2 26 3/4 12 3/4 10 1/16 10 5/8 1698 1969 2232 2445
750 29 1/2 26 3/4 13 3/4 10 5/8 11 1/4 1831 2123 2407 2637
800 31 1/2 30 11/16 14 3/4 11 7/16 12 1965 2278 2582 2828
850 33 7/16 32 11/16 15 3/4 12 12 5/8 2098 2432 2757 3020
900 35 1/2 34 5/8 16 3/4 12 3/4 13 3/8 2231 2587 2932 3212
950 37 3/8 36 5/8 17 3/4 13 3/8 14 2364 2741 3107 3404
1000 39 3/8 38 9/16 18 11/16 14 1/4 14 3/4 2489 2886 3271 3583
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 205
SLIDING RESISTANCE (Rv) | WOOD
300
400
3/4
3/4
450 17 3/4 16 15/16 8 1/4 6 7/16 7 1248 1444 1635 1794
500 19 3/4 19 9 1/4 7 1/8 7 11/16 1399 1619 1833 2012 17 15/16 14 3/4 2712 3139 3555 3901
550 21 5/8 20 7/8 10 1/4 7 13/16 8 7/16 1550 1794 2031 2229 19 7/8 16 1/8 3005 3479 3939 4323
600 23 5/8 22 13/16 11 1/4 8 5/8 9 1/4 1701 1969 2230 2447 21 7/8 17 1/2 3308 3829 4335 4758
650 25 9/16 24 13/16 11 3/4 9 1/4 10 1777 2057 2329 2556
700 27 1/2 26 3/4 12 3/4 10 1/16 10 5/8 1928 2232 2527 2773
750 29 1/2 28 3/4 13 3/4 10 5/8 11 1/4 2079 2407 2725 2991
800 31 1/2 30 11/16 14 3/4 11 7/16 12 2230 2582 2923 3208
850 33 7/16 32 11/16 15 3/4 12 12 5/8 2382 2757 3121 3425
900 35 1/2 34 5/8 16 3/4 12 3/4 13 3/8 2533 2932 3320 3643
950 37 3/8 36 5/8 17 3/4 13 3/8 14 2684 3107 3518 3860
1000 39 3/8 38 9/16 18 11/16 14 1/4 14 3/4 2826 3271 3704 4064
1100 43 5/16 42 1/2 20 11/16 15 9/16 16 1/8 3128 3621 4100 4499
1200 47 1/4 46 7/16 22 5/8 16 15/16 17 1/2 3421 3960 4484 4921
1300 51 3/16 50 3/8 24 5/8 18 5/16 19 3724 4310 4880 5356
1400 55 1/8 54 5/16 26 9/16 19 3/4 20 1/4 4017 4649 5264 5777
1500 59 1/16 58 1/4 28 9/16 21 1/16 21 5/8 4319 4999 5661 6212
600 23 5/8 22 13/16 11 1/4 8 5/8 9 1/4 1846 2136 2416 2650
700 27 1/2 26 3/4 12 3/4 10 1/16 10 5/8 2092 2421 2738 3003
800 31 1/2 30 11/16 14 3/4 11 7/16 12 2420 2800 3168 3475
900 35 1/2 34 5/8 16 3/4 12 3/4 13 3/8 2748 3180 3597 3946
1000 39 3/8 38 9/16 18 11/16 14 1/4 14 3/4 3066 3548 4013 4402
1200 47 1/4 42 1/2 22 5/8 16 15/16 17 1/2 3712 4295 4859 5330
1400 55 1/8 54 5/16 26 9/16 19 3/4 20 1/4 4358 5043 5705 6257
1600 63 62 3/16 30 1/2 22 7/16 23 1/16 5005 5790 6550 7185
1800 70 7/8 70 1/16 34 7/16 25 3/16 25 13/16 5651 6538 7396 8112
2000 78 3/4 77 15/16 38 3/8 28 1/8 28 3/4 6297 7286 8242 9040
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 205
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 205
NOTES
• Ledger Specific Gravity is considered as G = 0.49.
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 205
NOTES
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• The connector compression design strength is the lower between the withdrawal-side design strength and the instability design strength.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
INSTALLATION SUGGESTIONS
LONG SCREWS

Thanks to CATCH, even longer screws can be screwed on quickly and safely without the risk of the bit slipping. Can be combined with TORQUE LIMITER.
VGS + VGU

The JIG VGU template makes it easy to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating subsequent tightening of the VGS screws inside the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 1 inch is recommended.

To ensure control of the applied torque, the correct TORQUE LIMITER model must be used depending on the chosen connector.
VGS +WASPL


Insert the screw so that the head protrudes 5/8" and engage the WASPL hook.


After lifting, the WASPL hook releases quickly and easily ready for use again.
IMPORTANCE OF THE PILOT HOLE
Deviation of the screw from the direction of screwing often occurs during installation. This phenomenon is linked to the very conformation of the wood material, which is inhomogeneous and non-uniform, e.g. due to the localised presence of knots or physical properties dependent on grain direction. The operator's skill also plays an important role.
The use of pilot holes facilitates the insertion of screws, particularly long ones, allowing a very precise insertion direction.
In the case of installation of screws used in timber-to-timber (softwood) structural connections, a pulse screw gun/screwdriver can also be used.
STEEL-TO-TIMBER APPLICATION
Respect the insertion angle with the help of a pilot hole and/or installation template.
Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.
The screw cannot be reused.
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Ensure tightening torque is less than or equal to the maximum recommended tightening torque (Mins,max). Stop the insertion when the screw head makes contact with the metal element.
We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
In general, it is recommended to install the connector in a single operation, without stopping and restarting which could create additional stress in the screw.
Avoid bending.
The installation of multiple screws must be performed to guarantee that loads are distributed evenly to all fasteners.
Shrinkage or swelling of timber elements due to changes in moisture content must be avoided.
SHAPED PLATE WASHERS
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Avoid dimensional changes in the metal, e.g. due to large temperature fluctuations.
Countersunk hole.
NOTE
Inclined countersunk hole.
Cylindrical hole with countersunk washer HUS.
Cylindrical hole. Slotted hole with VGU washer.
• Check VGS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS on Rothoblaas's website or inside the product box for the complete installation indications.
APPLICATION EXAMPLES: REINFORCEMENT
TAPERED BEAMS
apex tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
HANGING LOAD
tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
NOTCH
tension reinforcement perpendicular to grain
SUPPORT compression reinforcement perpendicular to grain
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• VGZ screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• VGZ screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In the case of combined axial and shear forces on a screw, for the determination of the load-bearing capacity refer to the Hankinson formula found in the NDS section 12.4.1.
REFERENCE
LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the screw is intended to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
k α =
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis.
Tabulated values at page 192 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
For fully-threaded screws the head pull-through resistanche is not relevant for the connection resistance, thread withdrawalis governing. these values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw; the lower value is the governing one.
SLIDING RESISTANCE
• Unless otherwise noted, the screws is inend to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The 45° inclined screw is intended to work in withrawal and the resulting resistance of the connection is given by the projection of the withrawal resistance (along screw axis) onto the shear plane.
• The design values must be inferior to f tens of the screw projected onto the shear plane.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Rv: withrawal resistance of the screws projected on the shear force axis.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
FLOOR-TO-BEAM | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam's axis or wall plane.
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT (FLOORTO-WALL).
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The CLT side Rv resistance is calculated taking into account a screw-tograin angle as the lowest between the involved layers. In this case the considered angle is 45°.
BUTT JOINT
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered to be 60°. The geometry of the joint requires that the connectors be inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel, and at an angle of 45° with respect to the shear plane between the two panels.
• An end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the withrawal resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Reported values represent the shear resistance of the connection along the shear plane for a single fastener.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended to ensure precise installation of the connectors in this application.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining's direction.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°. The screw are considered inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel in the machining's direction. In this direction the the screw is intended to work in withrawal. In the opposite direction the screws are intended to work in shear.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• Rv resistance is calculated by taking into account the screw-to-grain angle as the lowest among the involved layers. In this case, the angle considered is 45°.
VGS EVO
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD
C4 EVO COATING
Surface treatment of epoxy resin and aluminium flakes. No rust after 1440 hours of salt spray exposure test, as per ISO 9227. Can be used in exposure condition 3 outdoor applications and under class C4 atmospheric corrosion conditions.
STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain (0° - 90°). Safety certified by numerous tests carried out for any direction of insertion. Cyclical SEISMIC-REV tests according to EN 12512. Countersunk head up to L = 23 5/8" (600 mm), ideal for use on plates or for concealed reinforcements.
AUTOCLAVE-TREATED TIMBER
The C4 EVO coating has been certified according to US acceptance criteria AC257 for outdoor use with ACQ-treated timber.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY




FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
C4


OUTDOOR STRUCTURAL PERFORMANCE
Ideal for fastening timber framed panels and trusses (Rafter, Truss). Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods. Ideal for fastening timber-framed panels and lattice beams (Rafter, Truss).
CLT & LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for CLT and high density woods such as LVL, Plywood or other laminated veneer products.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
VGSEVO9120 120 4 3/4 110 4 3/8 50
VGSEVO9160 160 6 1/4 150 6 50
VGSEVO9200 200 8 190 7 1/2 50
VGSEVO9240 240 9 1/2 230 9 1/16 50
VGSEVO9280 280 11 270 10 5/8 50
VGSEVO9320 320 12 5/8 310 12 3/16 25
VGSEVO11150 150 6 140 5 1/2 25
VGSEVO11200 200 8 190 7 1/2 25
VGSEVO11250 250 10 240 9 1/2 25
VGSEVO11300 300 11 3/4 290 11 7/16 25
VGSEVO9360 360 14 1/4 350 13 3/4 25 11 0.44 TX 50 VGSEVO11100 100 4 90 3 1/2 25
VGSEVO11350 350 13 3/4 340 13 3/8 25
VGSEVO11400 400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 25
VGSEVO11500 500 19 3/4 490 19 5/16 25
VGSEVO11600 600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS


GEOMETRY
hole diameter(2) d
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in]
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Withdrawal (design value)
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[in]
a 2 [in] 5∙d 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 9/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 [mm] 9 11 13
a1 [in] 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16
a 2 [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 7 1/8 8 5/8 10 1/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 4 1/4 5 3/16 6 1/8
9
10∙d 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/8 5∙d 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 9/16 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16 10∙d 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/8 10∙d 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/8 5∙d 1 3/4 2 3/16 2 9/16
0.50 G > 0.50
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16 0.36 0.44 0.52 9 11 13 10∙d 3 1/2 4 3/8 5 1/8 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16 20∙d 7 1/8 8 5/8 10 1/4 15∙d 5 5/16 6 1/2 7 11/16 12∙d 4 1/4 5 3/16 6 1/8 7∙d 2 1/2 3 1/16 3 9/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 [mm] 9 11 13
a 1 [in] 10∙d 3 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16
a3,t [in] 12∙d 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16 3 9/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 1 9/16 0.36 0.44 0.52 9 11 13 5∙d 1 3/4 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 4∙d 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16 12∙d 4 1/4 7∙d 3 1/16 3 9/16 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 3∙d 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 1 9/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 [mm] 9 11 13
a 1 [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 7∙d 3 1/16 3 9/16
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 7/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16
a1,CG [in] 10∙d 3 1/2 10∙d 4 3/8 5 1/8
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a 2 [in] 3∙d 1 1/16 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16
a1,CG [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16
a 2,CG [in] 3∙d 1 1/16 3∙d 1 5/16 1 9/16 a CROSS [in] 1,5∙d 9/16 1,5∙d 11/16 13/16
a 2,CG [in] 4∙d 1 7/16 4∙d 1 3/4 2 1/16 a CROSS [in] 1,5∙d 9/16 1,5∙d 11/16 13/16 d 1 [in] 0.36 0.44 0.52 [mm] 9 11 13 a 1 [in] 7∙d 2 1/2 5∙d 2 3/16 2 9/16
SCREWS UNDER TENSION INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
SCREWS INSERTED WITH α = 90° ANGLE WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
CROSS SCREWS INSERTED WITH AN ANGLE α WITH RESPECT TO THE GRAIN
EFFECTIVE THREAD USED IN CALCULATION
b = S g,tot = L - tK represents the entire length of the threaded part
S g = (L - tK - 3/8" - Tol.)/2 represents the partial length of the threaded part net of a laying tolerance (Tol.) of 3/8"
tK = 3/8" (countersunk head) tK = 3/4" (hexagonal head)
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for
installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
PRINCIPLES
500
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8
the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 219
NOTES
• Ledger Specific Gravity is considered as G = 0.49.
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for
of the connectors in this application.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES and CONNECTIONS GENERAL NOTES on page 219
NOTES
• The thread axial resistance to withdrawal has been evaluated considering an effective thread length equal to S g . The connectors must be inserted at 45° with respect to the shear plane.
• The connector compression design strength is the lower between the withdrawal-side design strength and the instability design strength.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended for professional installation of the connectors in this application.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• VGZ screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• VGZ screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• In the case of combined axial and shear forces on a screw, for the determination of the load-bearing capacity refer to the Hankinson formula found in the NDS section 12.4.1.
REFERENCE
LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the screw is intended to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
k α =
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis.
Tabulated values at page 212 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
For fully-threaded screws the head pull-through resistanche is not relevant for the connection resistance, thread withdrawalis governing. these values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw; the lower value is the governing one.
SLIDING RESISTANCE
• Unless otherwise noted, the screws is inend to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The 45° inclined screw is intended to work in withrawal and the resulting resistance of the connection is given by the projection of the withrawal resistance (along screw axis) onto the shear plane.
• The design values must be inferior to f tens of the screw projected onto the shear plane.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Rv: withrawal resistance of the screws projected on the shear force axis.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
FLOOR-TO-BEAM | FLOOR-TO-WALL
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam's axis or wall plane.
• The main grain direction of the CLT wall panel is always considered as vertical.
• The threaded part of the screw has been always considered inserted in the central layer of the CLT panel.
• According to NDS, an end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the lateral resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT (FLOORTO-WALL).
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The width of the beams must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The CLT side Rv resistance is calculated taking into account a screw-tograin angle as the lowest between the involved layers. In this case the considered angle is 45°.
BUTT JOINT
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered to be 60°. The geometry of the joint requires that the connectors be inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel, and at an angle of 45° with respect to the shear plane between the two panels.
• An end grain coefficient Ceg=0.67 is considered for the withrawal resistance calculation due to fastener in narrow edge of CLT.
• Reported values represent the shear resistance of the connection along the shear plane for a single fastener.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• The use of the JIG VGZ 45 template is recommended to ensure precise installation of the connectors in this application.
HALF LAP
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the machining's direction.
• Force-to-fastener angle is considered as 45°. The screw are considered inserted at an angle of 45° with respect to the face of the CLT panel in the machining's direction. In this direction the the screw is intended to work in withrawal. In the opposite direction the screws are intended to work in shear.
• The width of half-lap machining on CLT panel must comply with the minimum distance requirements.
• The proposed screw's length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection.
• Rv resistance is calculated by taking into account the screw-to-grain angle as the lowest among the involved layers. In this case, the angle considered is 45°.
VGS EVO C5
FULL THREAD CONNECTOR WITH
COUNTERSUNK HEAD
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements.
MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It is the screw of choice if high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions. The cylindrical head makes it ideal for concealed joints, timber couplings and structural reinforcements.





DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
RELATED PRODUCTS


GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in] 13/64
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in] 15/64
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
For minimum distances and structural values see VGZ on page 144

HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES
VGS EVO C5 is the ideal solution for steel structures where high-strength ad hoc connections are required, particularly in adverse climatic contexts such as the marine environment.
SWELLING OF TIMBER
The application of VGS EVO C5 in combination with polymeric interlayers such as XYLOFON WASHER gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/ swelling of the wood.
FULL THREAD CONNECTOR WITH COUNTERSUNK HEAD
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.

METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use: N

Mins,max


DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
CORROSIVITY
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
TORQUE LIMITER
Mins,rec
Mins,rec
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
13 3/4 340 13 3/8 25
400 15 3/4 390 15 3/8 25 VGS11500A4 500 19 3/4 490 19 5/16 25 VGS11600A4 600 23 5/8 590 23 1/4 25
GEOMETRY
Ø0.36 - Ø0.44 in



TURNED WASHER page 72
Ø0.36 in Ø0.36 in Ø0.44 in Ø0.44 in JIG VGZ 45°
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in] 13/64
LIMITER page 437 page 436
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in] 15/64 9/32
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER
STRUCTURES
Ideal for steel structures where high-strength customised connections are required, particularly in adverse climatic contexts such as the marine environment and acidic woods.
SWELLING OF TIMBER
Application in combination with polymeric interlayers such as XYLOFON WASHER gives the joint a certain adaptability to mitigate stresses resulting from shrinkage/swelling of the wood.
45° WASHER FOR VGS
SAFETY
The VGU washer makes possible to install VGS screws at a 45° angle on steel plates. Washer assessed in ESR-4645.
PRACTICALITY
The ergonomic shape ensures a firm, precise grip during installation. Three versions of washer, compatible with VGS in diameter 0.36" (9 mm), 0.44" (11 mm) and 0.52" (13 mm), are available for plates of variable thickness.
The use of the VGU allows the use of inclined screws on plate without resorting to countersunk holes on the plate, which is generally a time-consuming and costly operation.
C4 EVO COATING
VGU EVO is coated with a surface treatment resistant to high atmospheric corrosivity.
Compatible with VGS EVO diameter 0.36", 0.44" and 0.52".


DIAMETER [in]
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating electrogalvanized carbon steel

VIDEO
Scan the QR Code and watch the video on our YouTube channel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber

Mins,max
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• steel construction
• metal plates and profiles
VGU
VGU EVO
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
VGU WASHER
CODE screw d V pcs [in] [in]
VGU945 VGS Ø0.36 13/64 25
VGU1145 VGS Ø0.44 15/64 25
VGU1345 VGS Ø0.52 5/16 25
d V = pre-drilling hole diameter (G < 0.55).
JIG VGU TEMPLATE
CODE washer dh d V pcs [mm] [mm] [in] [in]
JIGVGU945 VGU945 5,5 7/32 13/64 25
JIGVGU1145 VGU1145 6,5 1/4 15/64 25
JIGVGU1345 VGU1345 8,5 5/16 5/16 25
For more information see page 437
GEOMETRY
VGU EVO WASHER
CODE screw d V pcs [in] [in]
VGUEVO945 VGS Ø0.36 13/64 25
VGUEVO1145 VGS Ø0.44 15/64 25
VGUEVO1345 VGS Ø0.52 5/16 25
d V = pre-drilling hole diameter (G < 0.55).
HSS WOOD DRILL BIT
[mm] [in] [in] [in]
F1599105 VGS Ø0.36 13/64 6 4 25
F1599106 VGS Ø0.44 15/64 6 4 25
F1599108 VGS Ø0.52 5/16 6 4 25 Washer
Steel plate thickness (2) S
(1) Pre-drilling valid for wood with G < 0.55. (2) For thicker plates than those indicated in the table it is necessary to carry out a countersink in the lower part of the steel plate. Recommended guide hole with diameter equal to dv,s and minimum length 1 inch. For VGS screws of length L > 300 mm (11 3/4 inches), a guide hole at least 2 inches long is recommended.

HELPS WITH INSTALLATION
The JIG VGU template makes it easy to prepare a 45° angle pre-drill, thus facilitating subsequent tightening of the VGS screws inside the washer. A pre-drill length of at least 1 inch is recommended.
SLIDING RESISTANCE (Rv) | WOOD
9 1/2 8 1/16 4 1/8 996 1141
1/4 8 7/8
280 11 9 5/8 4 5/8 1189 1363 1579 1734 9 1/4 8 5/8 1143 1309 1518 1667
300 11 3/4 10 7/16 4 15/16 1290 1478 1713 1881 10 1/16 9 1/4 1243 1424 1651 1813
320 12 5/8 11 1/4 5 3/16 1390 1593 1846 2027 10 7/8 9 5/8 1344 1539 1784 1959
340 13 3/8 12 5 1/2 1483 1699 1969 2162 11 5/8 10 1/4 1436 1646 1907 2094
360 14 1/4 12 3/4 5 3/4 1575 1805 2092 2297 12 3/8 10 7/8 1529 1752 2031 2230
380 15 13 9/16 6 1676 1920 2225
400 15 3/4 14 1/4 12 1898 2201
425 16 3/4 15 3/16 12 5/8 2023 2345
450 17 3/4 16 1/8 13 3/8 2148
500
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Ensure tightening torque is less than or equal to the Maximum recommended tightening torque (Mins,max).
We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively,tighten with a torque wrench.
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Avoid bending.
The installation of multiple screws must be performed to guarantee that loads are distributed evenly to all fasteners.
INSTALLATION WITHOUT PRE-DRILL
Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.
Shrinkage or swelling of timber elements due to changes in moisture content must be avoided.
Avoid dimensional changes in the metal, e.g. due to large temperature fluctuations.
Install the screw, and stop when the screw head makes contact with the metal element.
Ensure correct tightening and full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element.
Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion.
Perform the operation for all washers. The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed among all the installed VGU washers.
Place the steel plate on the wood and set the VGU washers in the slots provided.
Use the VGU JIG template of the correct diameter by positioning it in the VGU washer
Using the pre-drill template, prepare a pre-drill/guide hole (at least 2 inches length) using an appropriate tip.
Position the screw and respect the 45° angle of insertion.
Install the screw, and stop when the screw head makes contact with the metal element.
Ensure correct tightening and full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element.
NOTE
Perform the operation for all washers.
The assembly must be performed so as to guarantee that the stress is evenly distributed among all the installed VGU washers.
• Check VGS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS on Rothoblaas's website or inside the product box for the complete installation indications.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• VGZ screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• VGZ screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
SLIDING RESISTANCE
• Unless otherwise noted, the screws is inend to be inserted half in the main member and half in the side member.
• The 45° inclined screw is intended to work in withrawal and the resulting resistance of the connection is given by the projection of the withrawal resistance (along screw axis) onto the shear plane.
• For simultaneous loads, in different directions, on a screw, the allowable load must be evaluated using the following equation: (Design Uplift ÷ Allowable Uplift) + (Design F1 ÷ Allowable F1) + (Design F2 ÷ Allowable F2) ≤ 1.0, where the three terms in the unity equation represent the possible generated force directions. The number of terms that must be considered for simultaneous loading is the sole discretion of the designer and depends on the method of calculating wind forces and the utilization of the screws within the structural system.
• The design values must be inferior to f tens of the screw projected onto the shear plane.

WOODY, get it done faster
WOODY is the ideal timber connector for prefabricated Timber Frame structures. Featuring a dovetail shape offering unrivalled precision, it perfectly adapts to panels in OSB, gypsum fibre and plywood.
WOODY speeds up production, ensures secure, long-lasting connections and eliminates installation errors thanks to its perfect symmetry.
Offering tolerances otherwise unattainable with metal plate systems, it is precise, it is universal, it is WOODY:
rothoblaas.com


STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM
CERTIFICATION FOR TIMBER AND CONCRETE
Structural connector approved for timber applications according to ETA11/0030 and for timber-concrete applications according to ETA-22/0806.
RAPID DRY SYSTEM
Available in diameters 0.63 and 0.79 inch, it is used to reinforce and connect large elements. The timber thread allows application without the need for resins or adhesives.
STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT
The high-performance tensile steel (fy,k = 640 N/mm2) - ETA-11/0030 and the large dimensions available make RTR ideal for structural reinforcement applications.
LARGE SPANS
The system, developed for applications on large span elements, allows fast and secure reinforcement and connections on any beam size due to the considerable length of the bars. Ideal for factory installations.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

For a better finish, it is recommended to drill a hole through BORMAX to accommodate the timber end cap.

Pre-drill the hole inside the timber element, ensuring that it is straight. The use of COLUMN ensures better accuracy.

Assemble the sleeve (ATCS007 or ATCS008) onto the adapter with safety clutch (DUVSKU). Alternatively, a simple adapter (ATCS2010) can be used.

Screw up to the length defined in the design. We recommend limiting the insertion moment value to 150 ft-lbs (RTR Ø0.63 inch) and 220 ft-lbs (RTR Ø0.79 inch).

Cut the RTR threaded rod to the desired length, ensuring that it is less than the depth of the pre-drilling.

Insert the sleeve into the threaded rod and the adapter into the screwdriver. We recommend the use of the handle (DUD38SH) for more control and stability when screwing.

Unscrew the sleeve from the bar.

If provided, insert a TAP cap to conceal the threaded rod and ensure better aesthetic finish and fire strength.





DOUBLE THREADED SCREW FOR INSULATION
CONTINUOUS INSULATION
Allows continuous, uninterrupted fastening of roof insulation package. Limits thermal bridges in compliance with energy saving regulations. The cylindrical head is ideal for hidden insertion in the batten. Screw also certified in versions with flange head (DGT) and countersunk head (DGS).
CERTIFICATION
Connector for hard and soft insulation, for roofing and façade applications, CE certified according to ETA-11/0030. Available in two diameters (0.16 and 0.18 inch) to optimize the number of fasteners.
MYPROJECT
Free MyProject software for customized fastening calculation, accompanied by a calculation report.
3 THORNS TIP

Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
solid timber
glulam (Glued Laminated Timber) • CLT, LVL
• engineered timbers


THERMAL BRIDGES
Thanks to the double thread, the roof insulation package can be fixed to the supporting structure without any interruptions, thus limiting thermal bridges. Certification specific for fastening on both hard and soft insulation.
VENTILATED FAÇADES
Also tested, certified and calculated on façade joists and with engineered woods such as LVL, Plywood or other laminated veneer products.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH DGZ 0.28 inch (7 mm)
2
Check
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIAL STRESSES | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a 1 [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 1/8 1 7/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
a 1 [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2 a 2 [in] 3∙d 13/16 1 1/16
a 1,CG [in] 7∙d 1 15/16 2 1/2
a 2,CG [in] 3∙d 13/16 1 1/16
a 1,CG [in] 10∙d 2 3/4 3 1/2 a 2,CG [in] 4∙d 1 1/8 1 7/16 d 1 [in] 0.28 0.36 [mm] 7 9
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 9 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw.
RESEARCH & DEVELOPMENT
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with Section 11.1.2 and Appendix E of the NDS, and end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
INSULATION AND INFLUENCE OF THERMAL BRIDGES
CONTINUOUS INSULATION

INTERRUPTED INSULATION

The use of continuous insulation helps to limit the presence of thermal bridges. If the fastening of the package requires rigid elements within the insulation, there is a drop in thermal performance due to the presence of a thermal bridge distributed along the entire axis of the interposed secondary joists. Moreover, in the case of interrupted insulation, local discontinuities between the elements present may be more frequent during installation, further aggravating the thermal bridge.
FASTENING OF CONTINUOUS INSULATION WITH DGZ


The use of the DGZ screw allows the installation of continuous insulation, without interruptions and discontinuities. In this case, the thermal bridge is localised and concentrated only at the connectors and therefore has an irrelevant contribution to the thermal performance of the package, which is therefore maintained. Excessive anchoring or incorrect arrangements should be avoided in order not to compromise the thermal performance of the package.
Calculation performed by EURAC Research as part of MEZeroE project that has received funding from the European Union’s Horizon 2020 research and innovation programme under grant agreement No 953157. For more info www.mezeroe.eu
Section
PROJECT DATA
FAÇADE LOADS Dead
INSULATION PACKAGE FIGURES Structural member
Spacing between battens
of battens
CONNECTOR SELECTION
HORIZONTAL SCREWS - DGZ Ø0.28
Thread diameter of the screw
1 0.28 in Length of the screw
INCLINED SCREWS - DGZ Ø0.28
Thread diameter of the screw
DISTRIBUTION OF THE SCREWS
End distance
Spacing between connectors
NOTE
• It is adviced to place at least 2 perpendicular screws to withstand compression and/or tension forces. The screws can be located at the ends of the batten to install the inclined screws more easily. If more than 2 perpendicular screws are required, arrange the screws to create a truss layout (see picture).
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER SPACER SCREW
DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED
Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regulate a space between the fastenable thicknesses.
VENTILATED FACADES
The differentiated double thread is ideal for regulating the position of the battens on the facade and to create proper verticality. Ideal for levelling panelling, battens, ceilings and paving.



DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Thanks to the possibility to create a distance between pieces of wood, it is possible to create versatile fastenings quickly and safely, without the need for any interposed element.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
6 0.24 #14 TX 30
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
INSTALLATION
Select the screw length so that the thread is completely inserted in the timber support.
Position the DRS screw.
Attach the batten, screwing in the screw so that the head is flush with the timber.
Loosen the screw based on the desired distance.
Adjust the other screws in a similar manner to level the structure.
TIMBER-BRICKWORK SPACER SCREW
DOUBLE THREAD, DIFFERENTIATED
Underhead thread with specially designed geometry to create and regulate a space between the fastenable thicknesses.
FASTENING TO BRICKWORK
Underhead thread with a greater diameter to allow fastening to brickwork through the addition of a nylon expansion anchor.



DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
The differentiated double thread is ideal for adjusting the position of timber elements on brickwork supports (using the plastic screw anchor) and to create the proper verticality. Ideal for levelling panels on walls, flooring and ceilings.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
Diameter of concrete/brickwood drilling hole
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
INSTALLATION
Select the screw length so that the thread is completely inserted in the concrete/brickwork support.
Drill the elements with a d V= 0.20 inch diameter.
Loosen the screw based on the desired distance.
Place the NDK GL nylon screw anchor inside the support.
Position the DRT screw.
Attach the batten, screwing in the screw so that the head is flush with the timber. Adjust the other screws in a similar manner to level the structure.
HBS PLATE
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
NEW GEOMETRY
The inner core diameter of the Ø0.32, Ø0.40 and Ø0.48 inch screws has been increased to ensure higher performance in thick plate applications. In steel-timber connections, the new geometry achieves a strength increase of more than 15%.
PLATE FASTENING
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel




FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods


MULTISTOREY
Ideal for steel-to-timber joints with large customized plates, designed for multi-storey timber buildings.
TITAN
Values also tested, certified and calculated for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
HBSPL860 60 2 3/8 52 2 1/16 1/32 - 3/8 100
HBSPL880 80 3 1/8 55 2 3/16 1/32 - 9/16 100
8 0.32 TX 40
HBSPL8100 100 4 75 2 15/16 1/32 - 9/16 100
HBSPL8120 120 4 3/4 95 3 3/4 1/32 - 9/16 100
HBSPL8140 140 5 1/2 110 4 3/8 1/32 - 13/16 100
HBSPL8160 160 6 1/4 130 5 1/8 1/32 - 13/16 100
HBSPL1080 80 3 1/8 60 2 3/8 1/32 - 3/8 50
HBSPL10100 100 4 75 2 15/16 1/32 - 9/16 50
140 5 1/2 110 4 3/8 1/32
10 0.40 TX 40
HBSPL10120 120 4 3/4 95 3 3/4 1/32 - 9/16 50
HBSPL10140 140 5 1/2 110 4 3/8 1/32 - 13/16 50
HBSPL10160 160 6 1/4 130 5 1/8 1/32 - 13/16 50
HBSPL10180 180 7 1/8 150 6 1/32 - 13/16 50
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

TORQUE LIMITER
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in]
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS TORQUE LIMITER page 436
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
0.40
[mm] 8 10 12 a1 [in] 15∙d 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 2 [in] 7∙d 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 6 1/4 8 9 1/2
a3,c [in] 15∙d 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
0.40 0.48 8 10 12 10∙d 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 7∙d 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16 20∙d 6 1/4 8 9 1/2 15∙d 4 3/4 6 7 1/8 12∙d 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16 7∙d 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
d 1 [in] 0.32 0.40 0.48 [mm] 8 10 12
a 1 [in] 10∙d 3 1/8 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8
a 2 [in] 4∙d 1 1/4 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8
a3,t [in] 12∙d 3 3/4 7∙d 2 3/4 3 5/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 15/16 3∙d 1 3/16 1 7/16 0.32 0.40 0.48 8 10 12 5∙d 1 9/16 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8 4∙d 1 1/4 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8 12∙d 3 3/4 7∙d 2 3/4 3 5/16 7∙d 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8 7∙d 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8 3∙d 15/16 3∙d 1 3/16 1 7/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter
the
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
(1) Main member loaded parallel to the grain.
(2) Main member loaded perpendicular to the grain.
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread
to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(*) Minimum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance. SHEAR TENSION SPACING
STEEL-TO-WOOD
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Respect the insertion angle. For very precise inclinations, the use of guide holes or pre-drilling is recommended.
Ensure tightening torque is less than or equal to the maximum recommended tightening torque (Mins,max). We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
Stop installation if damage to the fastener or timber is noticed.
Avoid bending.
Avoid accidental stress during installation.
Stop installation if damage to the fastener or metal plates is noticed.
Ensure full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Protect the connection and avoid moisture changes and shrinkage and swelling of the timber.
Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.
Install screws in one continuous stroke and stop when the screw head makes contact with the metal element.
Use not permitted for dynamic loads.
Avoid dimensional changes to the metal.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• HBS PLATE screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• HBS PLATE screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 250 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | CLT FLOOR-TO-STEEL BEAM
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled in accordance with the indications provided in this technical data sheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The proposed screw length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In the case of steel plates on both sides of the beam, the geometry of the connection must be designed to avoid collisions between screws inserted from opposite sides.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The density considered is G = 0.42 for SPF, G = 0.49 for D-fir.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of F e = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
• The density considered is G = 0.42 for SPF, G = 0.49 for D-fir.
HBS PLATE EVO
PAN HEAD SCREW
C4 EVO COATING
HBS PLATE EVO version designed for steel-timber joints outdoors. Atmospheric corrosion resistance class (C4) tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 354).
NEW GEOMETRY
The inner core diameter of the Ø0.32, Ø0.40 and Ø0.48 inch screws has been increased to ensure higher performance in thick plate applications. In steel-timber connections, the new geometry achieves a strength increase of more than 15%.
PLATE FASTENING
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and gives the screw strength.






FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
1 CODE L b A pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
5 0.20 #11 TX 25
6 0.24 #14 TX 30
HBSPEVO550 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 1/32 - 3/8 200
HBSPEVO560 60 2 3/8 35 1 3/8 1/32 - 3/8 200
HBSPEVO570 70 2 3/4 40 1 9/16 1/32 - 3/8 100
HBSPEVO580 80 3 1/8 50 1 15/16 1/32 - 3/8 100
HBSPEVO680 80 3 1/8 50 1 15/16 1/32 - 3/8 100
HBSPEVO690 90 3 1/2 55 2 3/16 1/32 - 3/8 100

RAPTOR
TRANSPORT PLATE FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS
page 441
METAL-to-TIMBER recommended use:

TORQUE LIMITER Mins,rec
1 CODE L b A P pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
HBSPLEVO840 40 1 9/16 32 1 1/4 1/32 - 3/8 100
HBSPLEVO860 60 2 3/8 52 2 1/16 1/32 - 3/8 100
HBSPLEVO880 80 3 1/8 55 2 3/16 1/32 - 9/16 100
HBSPLEVO8100 100 4 75 2 15/16 1/32 - 9/16 100
HBSPLEVO8120 120 4 3/4 95 3 3/4 1/32 - 9/16 100
HBSPLEVO8140
HBSPLEVO10120
Mins,max
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
P EVO - 0.20 | 0.24 inch
A = side memeber thickness
PLATE EVO - 0.32 | 0.40 | 0.48 inch
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a1 [in]
a
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a1 [in] 15∙d 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3
[in]
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.20 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.48 [mm] 5 6 8 10 12
a1 [in] 10∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8
a 2 [in] 4∙d 13/16 15/16 1 1/4 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8
a3,t [in] 12∙d 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 7∙d 2 3/4 3 5/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8
5 6 8 10 12
1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 4 4 3/4 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 2 3/4 3 5/16
4 4 3/4 6
8 9
15∙d 2 15/16 3 1/2 4 3/4 6 7 1/8 12∙d 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 4 3/4 5 11/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 9/16 11/16 15/16 3∙d 1 3/16 1 7/16 0.20 0.24 0.32 0.40 0.48 5 6 8 10 12 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8 3 1/8 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8 4∙d 13/16 15/16 1 1/4 5∙d 1 15/16 2 3/8 12∙d 2 3/8 2 13/16 3 3/4 7∙d 2 3/4 3 5/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8 7∙d 1 3/8 1 5/8 2 3/16 4∙d 1 9/16 1 7/8 3∙d 9/16 11/16 15/16 3∙d 1 3/16 1 7/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw, and are valid for screw installed into sawn lumber, structural glued laminated timber and cross laminated timber;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread
for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the
NOTES and GENERAL PRINCIPLES on page 270
(*) Minimum between head pull-through and withdrawal resistance.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL COLUMN-TO-WOOD BEAM
Minimum between
The use of pulse screw guns/impact wrenches is not permitted.
Respect the insertion angle. For very precise inclinations, the use of guide holes or pre-drilling is recommended.
Ensure tightening torque is less than or equal to the maximum tightening torque (Mins,max). We recommend the use of torque-controlled screwdrivers, e.g. with TORQUE LIMITER. Alternatively, tighten with a torque wrench.
Stop installation if damage to the fastener or timber is noticed.
Avoid bending.
Avoid accidental stress during installation.
Stop installation if damage to the fastener or metal plates is noticed.
Ensure full contact between the entire surface of the screw head and the metal element
After installation, the fasteners can be inspected using a torque wrench.
Protect the connection and avoid moisture changes and shrinkage and swelling of the timber.
Do not hammer the screw tips into the timber.
Install screws in one continuous stroke and stop when the screw head makes contact with the metal element..
Use not permitted for dynamic loads.
Avoid dimensional changes to the metal.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• HBS PLATE EVO screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• HBS PLATE EVO screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α)
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 265 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwisee noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | CLT FLOOR-TO-STEEL BEAM
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled in accordance with the indications provided in this technical data sheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The proposed screw length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In the case of steel plates on both sides of the beam, the geometry of the connection must be designed to avoid collisions between screws inserted from opposite sides.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of F e = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
HBS PLATE A4
PAN HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
A4 | AISI316
HBS PLATE version in A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
STEEL-TO-TIMBER CONNECTIONS
The under-head shoulder achieves an interlocking effect with the circular hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance. The edgeless geometry of the head reduces stress concentration points and enhances the screw strength.
T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.


CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES
Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.
STATICS
These can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick steel-timber plate connections, even with thin metal elements. Excellent shear strength values.
NEW-GENERATION WOODS
Tested and certified for use on a wide variety of engineered timbers such as CLT, GL, LVL, OSB and beech LVL.
The LBS diameter 0.2 inch version up to a length of 1 9/16 inch is approved completely without pre-drilling hole on beech LVL.
DUCTILITY
Excellent ductility behaviour as evidenced by SEISMIC-REV cyclic tests according to EN 12512.



[in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
0.20 #11 TX 20

LBS HARDWOOD EVO
For more information see page 284 For more information see page 286 ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS

GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
hole diameter on steel plate
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in]
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional). (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
[in]
a
a3,t [in] 15∙d 2 15/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[mm] 5 7 a1 [in] 15∙d 2 15/16 4 1/8
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 4 5 1/2
a3,c [in] 15∙d 2 15/16 4 1/8
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
d 1 [in] 0.20 0.28 [mm] 5 7
a1 [in] 10∙d 1 15/16 2 3/4
a 2 [in] 4∙d 13/16 1 1/8
a3,t [in] 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 9/16 13/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
1 3/8 1 15/16
4 5 1/2 15∙d 2 15/16 4 1/8 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
0.28 5 7 5∙d 1 1 3/8 4∙d 13/16 1 1/8 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16 3∙d 9/16 13/16
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• LBS screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• LBS screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
• The fixable thickness (A) is considered as half the length of the screw (L/2).
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 276 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42, unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• Zm : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0° for side member and as 90° for main member.
• Z s : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90° for side member and as 0° for main member.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | CLT FLOOR-TO-STEEL BEAM
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled in accordance with the indications provided in this technical data sheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The proposed screw length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In the case of steel plates on both sides of the beam, the geometry of the connection must be designed to avoid collisions between screws inserted from opposite sides.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
LBS EVO
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES FOR OUTDOOR USE
LBS EVO version designed for steel-timber joints for outdoor use. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.
C4 EVO COATING
The atmospheric corrosion strength class (C4) of the C4 EVO coating was tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 354).
STATICS
These can be calculated according to Eurocode 5 under thick steel-timber plate connections, even with thin metal elements. Excellent shear strength values.



DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL carbon steel with C4 EVO coating
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• ACQ, CCA treated timber
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
hole
(1) The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS

T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch, pine, ash and birch (see page 354).
STEEL-TO-TIMBER
The LBSEVO screw with 0.28 inch diameter is particularly suitable for custom-designed connections, which are characteristic of steel structures.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a
a3,t [in] 15∙d 2 15/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[mm] 5 7 a1 [in] 15∙d 2 15/16 4 1/8
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
a3,t [in] 20∙d 4 5 1/2
a3,c [in] 15∙d 2 15/16 4 1/8
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
1 3/8 1 15/16
4 5 1/2 15∙d 2 15/16 4 1/8 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
d 1 [in] 0.20 0.28 [mm] 5 7
a1 [in] 10∙d 1 15/16 2 3/4
a 2 [in] 4∙d 13/16 1 1/8
a3,t [in] 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16
a3,c [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
a 4,t [in] 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 9/16 13/16 0.20 0.28 5 7 5∙d 1 1 3/8 4∙d 13/16 1 1/8 12∙d 2 3/8 3 5/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16 7∙d 1 3/8 1 15/16 3∙d 9/16 13/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
(2) Main member loaded perpendicular to the grain.
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• LBS EVO screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• LBS EVO screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 282 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
CONNECTIONS
GENERAL NOTES
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Calculations comply with the NDS in accordance with ESR 4645.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Timber element specific gravity is considered as G = 0.42 , unless otherwise noted.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 0°.
• Z : Force-to-grain angle in the shear plane is considered as 90°.
• For the connectors inserted in the panel’s face, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in the shear plane. For the connectors inserted in the panel’s narrow edge, it has been considered the same grain direction as the layer in which the connector is installed.
• For lateral design values the force-to-fastener angle is always considered 90°.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | CLT FLOOR-TO-STEEL BEAM
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled in accordance with the indications provided in this technical data sheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• Beam element can be considered both solid wood or glulam.
• The proposed screw length does not exceed the total thickness of the connection. In the case of steel plates on both sides of the beam, the geometry of the connection must be designed to avoid collisions between screws inserted from opposite sides.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
STEEL-TO-WOOD | STEEL SIDE PLATE CLT CONNECTION
• Steel side member must be pre-drilled according to the information reported in these tecnical datasheet and installation instructions.
• A dowel bearing strength of Fe = 87,000 psi is used in the yield limit equations for the steel side member, in accordance with the NDS.
• The main grain direction of the CLT floor panel is considered both parallel and perpendicular to the beam direction.
• The withdrawal capacity has been considered as the minimum between thread withdrawal and tensile strength of the screw.
LBS HARDWOOD
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with embossed slit elements. ETA-11/0030 certification allows for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction vs the grain.
LARGER DIAMETER
Root diameter increased compared to the LBS version to ensure tightening in the highest density woods. In steel-timber connections, an increase in strength of more than 15% can be achieved.
SCREW FOR PERFORATED PLATES
Cylindrical shoulder designed for fastening metal elements. Achieves an interlocking effect with the hole in the plate, thus guaranteeing excellent static performance.



[in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
Also available in the LBS HARDWOOD EVO version, L from 2 3/8" to 8", diameter Ø5 and Ø7 mm (diameter 0.20 and 0.28 inch), see page 286
GEOMETRY
Recommended hole diameter on steel plate d V,steel [in] 3/16 - 7/32 Pre-drilling
[in]
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

HARDWOOD PERFORMANCE
Geometry developed for high performance and use without pre-drill hole on structural woods such as beech, oak, cypress, ash, eucalyptus, bamboo.
BEECH LVL
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods such as beech laminated veneer lumber. Certified for use without pre-drilling, for densities of up to 800 kg/m3 [G = 0.94].
LBS HARDWOOD EVO
ROUND HEAD SCREW FOR PLATES ON HARDWOODS
C4 EVO COATING
The atmospheric corrosion resistance class (C4) of the C4 EVO coating was tested by the Research Institutes of Sweden - RISE. Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch and pine (see page 354).
HARDWOOD CERTIFICATION
Special tip with embossed slit elements. ETA-11/0030 certification allows for use with high density timber without any pre-drill. Approved for structural applications subject to stresses in any direction of the grain.
ROBUSTNESS
The inner core diameter of the screw has been enlarged compared to the LBS version to ensure safe installation in higher density woods. The cylindrical under head is designed for fastening mechanical elements and producing an interlocking effect with the plate hole that provides excellent static perfornances.



[in]
[in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
CORROSIVITY
FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels • solid timber and glulam
CLT and LVL
high density woods
ACQ, CCA treated timber
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

HYBRID STEEL-TIMBER STRUCTURES
The LBSHEVO Ø7 mm (0.28 inch) screws are suitable for custom-designed connections, which are characteristic of steel structures. Maximum performance in hardwoods combined with the strengths of steel plates.
T3 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Coating suitable for use in applications on wood with an acidity level (pH) greater than 4, such as spruce, larch, pine, ash and birch (see page 354).
LBA
HIGH BOND NAIL
EXCELLENT PERFORMANCE
The new LBA nails have shear strength values among the highest on the market and make it possible to certify characteristic nail strengths that more closely approximate actual experimental strengths.
CERTIFIED ON CLT AND LVL
Tested and certified values for plates on CLT substrates. Its use is also certified on LVL.
LBA BINDED
The nail is also available in a bound version with the same ETA certification and therefore the same high performance.
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION
The nails are also available with the same certification from ETA in A4|AISI316 stainless steel for outdoor applications, with very high strength values.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III) electrogalvanized carbon steel




FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• fibreboard and MDF panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT, LVL


CAPACITY DESIGN
The strength values are much closer to the actual experimental strengths, so capacity design can be performed more reliably.
Values also tested, certified and calculated for fastening standard Rothoblaas plates. Using the nailer speeds up and facilitates installation.

Use with NINO angle brackets allows for some of the most versatile applications: even for beam-to-beam joints.

LBA achieves the highest performance together with the WKR angle brackets with the specific strength values on CLT.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL
CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
hole diameter(3)
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
CHARACTERISTIC MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
Bending yield strength (specified)(4)
(4)Values obtained from test according to ASTM F1575.
minimum embedded length [in]
(5) Values according to NDS - deformed shank nails.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
LOOSE NAILS
STRIP-BOUND NAILS
LBA 25 PLA - plastic stick binding 25°
0.16
LBA25PLA440 40 1 9/16 30 1 3/16 2000
LBA25PLA450 50 1 15/16 40 1 9/16 2000
LBA25PLA460 60 2 3/8 50 1 15/16 2000 Compatible with Anker 25° nailgun HH3522.
ROLL-BOUND NAILS
LBA COIL - 15° plastic roll binding
LBA 34 PLA - plastic stick binding 34°
LBA34PLA440 40 1 9/16 30 1 3/16 2000
LBA34PLA450 50 1 15/16 40 1 9/16 2000
LBA34PLA460 60 2 3/8 50 1 15/16 2000 Compatible with 34° strip magazine nailgun ATEU0116 and gas nailgun HH12100700.
LBACOIL440 40 1 9/16 30 1 3/16 1600
LBACOIL450 50 1 15/16 40 1 9/16 1600
1 CODE L b pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] 4 0.16
LBACOIL460 60 2 3/8 50 1 15/16 1600 Compatible with nailgun TJ100091.
NOTE: LBA, LBA 25 PLA, LBA 34 PLA and LBA COIL available in hot-dip galvanised version on request.
RELATED PRODUCTS
For more information about nailguns see page 434.





MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
a3,t [in]
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
[in]
a3,c [in] 15 d 2 3/8 3 1/2
a 4,t [in] 12 d 1 7/8 2 13/16
a 4,c [in] 7 d 1 1/8 1 5/8
4 6 10 d 1 9/16 2
d 1 [in] 0.16 0.24 [mm] 4 6
a1 [in] 10 d 1 9/16 2 3/8
a 2 [in] 4 d 5/8 15/16
a3,t [in] 12 d 1 7/8 2 13/16
a3,c [in] 7∙ d 1 1/8 1 5/8
a 4,t [in] 7∙ d 1 1/8 1 5/8
a 4,c [in] 3 d 1/2 11/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole
NOTE
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with Table 8 of ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw;
0.24 4 6 5 d 13/16 1 3/16 4 d 5/8 15/16 12 d 1 7/8 2 13/16 7∙ d 1 1/8 1 5/8 7∙ d 1 1/8 1 5/8 3 d 1/2 11/16
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | STEEL-TO-WOOD
LBAI Ø0.16 in
0.16
(1) Main member loaded parallel to the grain.
(2) Main member loaded perpendicular to the grain.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | WOOD-TO-WOOD
LBA Ø0.16 in - Ø0.24 in
LBAI Ø0.16 in
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES (Z) | PANEL-TO-WOOD
Ø0.16 in - Ø0.24 in
Ø0.16 in
LBAI
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• LBA and LBAI nails must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• LBA and LBAI nails must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The nail penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
PANEL-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the nail length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The bearing strength of the panel is conservatively considered as 3350 psi according to NDS.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for nails installed at an angle of 90° to the grain are calculated according to NDS2024 Withdrawal for deformed shank nails 12.2.3.2.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff
Where:
M 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α)
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as: 35˚ < α ≤ 90˚ 0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α =
0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 296 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°. The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to f tens of the nail.
DRYWALL SCREW
OPTIMISED GEOMETRY
Bugle head and phosphate-coated steel; ideal for fastening drywall panels.
SHORT PITCH THREAD
Fully short-pitch threaded screw, ideal for fastening on sheet metal supports.


CODES AND DIMENSIONS
DWS - bulk screws
3,9

GEOMETRY
DIAMETER [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC
LENGTH [in] MATERIAL
DWS STRIP
CONCRETE
CONCRETE
MBS | MBZ
| SKS EVO
SKR | SKS | SKP
CTC
CONNECTOR FOR TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE FLOORS
CERTIFICATION
Timber-to-concrete fastener with specific CE certification according to ETA-19/0244. Tested and calculated with parallel and crossed arrangement of 45° and 30° connectors, with and without wooden planking.
RAPID DRY SYSTEM
Approved, self-drilling, reversible, fast and minimally invasive system. Optimum static and noise performances, both for new projects and structural restoration.
COMPLETE RANGE
Self-perforating tip with notch and countersunk cylindrical head. Available in two diameters (7 and 9 mm - 0.28 and 0.36 inch) and two lengths (6 1/4" and 9 1/2") to optimize the number of fasteners.
INSTALLATION INDICATOR
During installation, the under head counter-thread serves as correct-installation indicator and increases the fastener tightness inside the concrete.

BIT INCLUDED
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel



FIELDS OF USE
• timber based panels
• solid timber
• glulam (Glued Laminated Timber)
• CLT and LVL
• high density woods
• concrete EN 206-1
• lightweight concrete EN 206-1
• silicate-based lightweight concrete


TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE
Ideal for composite floors and for renovation of existing floors. Stiffness values also calculated in the presence of vapour barrier sheet or soundproofing layer.
STRUCTURAL RESTORATION
Values also tested, certified and calculated for high density woods. Certification specific for application in timber-concrete structures.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in]
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G<0.55 [in] 13/64
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to wood elements with G ≤ 0.55. (3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G > 0.55
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR AXIALLY LOADED CONNECTORS
d 1 [mm]
[mm] 7 9
a 1 [in] 1.93*sin(α )
a 2 [in] 1 1/8 1 3/4
a 1,CG [in] 2 3/4 3 1/2
α )
a 2,CG [in] 1 1/8 1 7/16
a CROSS [in] 7/16 9/16
α = angle between connector and grain
crossed parallel at 30°/45°



ALU START
The ALU START adjustable assembly jigs allow fast and accurate levelling, and exceptional durability.
Our ground connection solutions for timber buildings ensure unprecedented tolerance levels
Designing your building’s concrete-timber foundations has never been this easy.
TITAN DIVE
The TITAN DIVE system revolutionises tolerance management with 22 mm flexibility in each direction and an inclination of ±13°.
Download the industry’s most comprehensive catalogue and reduce on-site errors with us:
UP LIFT
A new concept of construction whereby the building is installed before the concrete support is poured.

TC FUSION
TIMBER-TO-CONCRETE JOINT SYSTEM
HYBRID STRUCTURES
The VGS, VGZ and RTR full-thread connectors are now certified for any type of application where a timber element (wall, ceiling, etc.) must transmit stresses to a concrete element (bracing core, foundation, etc.).
PREFABRICATION
The concrete prefabrication combines with timber prefabrication: the reinforcing bars inserted into the concrete casting accommodate the full thread timber connectors; the supplementary casting carried out after installing the timber components completes the connection.
POST-AND-SLAB SYSTEMS
It allows connections between CLT panels with exceptional strength and stiffness for shear, bending moment and axial stress: an example is its use with SPIDER and PILLAR.




FIELDS OF USE
Timber-to-concrete joints:
• CLT, LVL
• glulam and solid timber
• concrete according to EN 206-1
VGS
RTR


SPIDER AND PILLAR
TC FUSION complements the SPIDER and PILLAR systems, allowing the implementation of moment connections between panels. Rothoblaas waterproofing systems make it possible to separate timber and concrete.
CONNECTORS
FIELD OF USE
ETA 22/0806 is specifically for timber-concrete applications with VGS, VGZ and RTR all-thread connectors. The calculation method for evaluating both joint strength and stiffness is made explicit. The connection allows the transfer of shear, tensile and bending moment stresses between timber elements (CLT, LVL, GL) and concrete, both at floor and wall level.

Rigid joint:
• cut in the panel plane (Vy)
• out-of-plane cutting (Vx)
• tension (N)
• bending moment (M)
Hinge joint:
• cut in the panel plane (Vy)
• out-of-plane cutting (Vx)
• tension (N)
INSTALLATION
Rothoblaas FOR
CONNECTIONS
APPLICATIONS | CLT-CONCRETE
FLOOR-FLOOR
FLOOR-WALL
WALL-FOUNDATION
WALL-WALL
FULLY THREADED SCREW WITH COUNTERSUNK OR HEXAGONAL HEAD

STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT SYSTEM

More information on applications with the TC FUSION system in the data sheets of the VGS and RTR connectors. Discover them on page 184 and page 230
MBS | MBZ
SELF-TAPPING SCREW FOR MASONRY
TIMBER AND PVC DOORS/WINDOWS
The countersunk head (MBS) allows PVC window frames to be installed without damaging the frame. The cylindrical head (MBZ) is able to penetrate and remain embedded in timber frames.
IFT CERTIFICATION
Strength values in different substrates tested in cooperation with the Institute for Window Technology (IFT) in Rosenheim.
HI-LOW THREADING
The HI-LOW thread allows for safe fastening even near the edges of the support, thanks to the reduced tension induced on the material, ideal for frames.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL electrogalvanized carbon steel
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
MBS - countersunk screw




MBZ - cylindrical head

FIELDS OF USE
Fastening of timber (MBZ), PVC and aluminium (MBS) window frames on the following supports:
• solid and perforated brick
• solid and perforated concrete
• lightweight concrete
• autoclaved aerated concrete
GEOMETRY AND PARAMETERS OF INSTALLATION
in the timber element
Hole diameter in the PVC element d F [in] 19/64 -
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
d 1 screw diameter
d K head diameter
d 0 diameter of pre-drilling hole concrete/brickwork
d V pre-drilling hole diameter in the timber element
d F hole diameter in the PVC element
h nom nominal anchoring depth
INSTALLATION
STRUCTURAL VALUES BRICKS
Characteristic values tested at IFT ROSENHEIM®
(1)The screws were tested considering a lever arm of b = 0.79 in.
(2)Value not available.
The recommended withdrawal values are obtained considering a safety coefficient of 3. (3)C20/25
SKR EVO | SKS EVO
SCREW ANCHOR FOR CONCRETE
RAPID DRY SYSTEM
Fast and easy operation. The special threading requires a small predrill and guarantees fastening on concrete without creating expansion stresses in the concrete. Reduced minimum distances.
C4 EVO COATING
Inorganic-based multilayer coating with a functional outer layer of epoxy matrix with aluminium flakes. Suitability for atmospheric corrosivity class C4 and exposure condition 3.
LARGER HEAD
Robust and easy to install, thanks to the increased geometry of the SKR hexagonal head.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C4 EVO coating


FIELDS OF USE


Fastening of timber or steel elements to concrete supports.
SKS EVO
SKR EVO
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SKR EVO - hexagonal head
SKS EVO - countersunk head
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES
CODE description pcs
SOCKET13 SW 13 bushing 1/2” connection 1
SOCKET16 SW 16 bushing 1/2” connection 1
SOCKET18 SW 18 bushing 1/2” connection 1
d 1 external diameter of anchor L anchor length t fix maximum fastening thickness h 1 minimum hole depth
h nom nominal anchoring depth
d 0 hole diameter in the concrete support
d F maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened
S W wrench size
d K head diameter Tinst tightening torque
SKR | SKS | SKP
SCREW ANCHOR FOR CONCRETE CE1
SEISMIC PERFORMANCE
Certified for applications on cracked and non-cracked concrete and in performance class for seismic actions C1 (M10-M16) [d 1 0.40-0.63 inch] and C2 (M12-M16) [d1 0.48-0.63 inch].
IMMEDIATE STRENGTH
Its operating principle allows the load to be applied after zero waiting times.
OPERATION BY SHAPE
The stresses acting on the anchor are transmitted to the substrate predominantly through the interaction of the geometric conformation of the anchor, in particular, diameter and thread; allowing it to lock into the substrate and guaranteeing the seal.


DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel


CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SKR - hexagonal washer head
SKS - countersunk head
SKP - pan head
ADDITIONAL PRODUCTS - ACCESSORIES
GEOMETRY
d 1 external diameter of anchor L anchor length
t fix maximum fastening thickness
h 1 minimum hole depth
h nom nominal anchoring depth
h ef effective anchor depth
d 0 hole diameter in the concrete support
d F maximum hole diameter in the element to be fastened SW wrench size
d K head diameter Tinst tightening torque
ASSEMBLY
Drill a hole in rotary percussion mode
Clean the hole
Ensure the anchor head is in complete contact with the object to be fixed
Position the object to be fixed and install the screw with a pulse screw gun
METAL
TIMBER-TO-METAL
DRILLING METAL
Timber-metal screws have a special tip that allows the hole to be drilled into the metal elements directly during installation of the screw.
Their operation follows the same principles as drill and cut bits.

Metal drilling produces much heat around the working area: 80% of this heat is contained in the steel shavings generated during the process.
It is essential to keep drilling waste away from the drill in order to preserve its pull-through capabilities.

Generally, wood-metal screw tips are made of carbon steel, which is less stable than drill steel tips (SNAIL METAL) when subjected to high temperatures.
In extreme situations, the heat generated can reach such high levels that the tip melts and burns in the wood.

In the timber, the execution of larger milling than the plate's thickness facilitates the removal of drilling residues and helps to maintain an acceptable temperature near the tip.
The temperature of the tip depends proportionally on:
SCREWDRIVER REVOLUTIONS [RPM]
We recommend the use of screwdrivers with speed control, equipped with a clutch or torque control (e.g. Mafel A 18M BL).
APPLIED FORCE [lbs]
This is the force with which the operator pushes the screw during installation.
PLATE HARDNESS
It is the metal's strength to drilling or cutting, which does not depend so much on the material class as on the heat treatment to which the metal has been subjected (e.g. quenching/ tempering).
In general, a lower applied force and lower screwing speed is required to drill aluminium than steel, precisely because of its lower hardness.

Insertion tests of self-drilling dowels in timber-steel applications with controlled force.
The table shows the balanced combinations of screwdriver RPM and force (Fappl) to be used to easily drill steel depending on the nominal diameter of the screw/dowel.
The applied force can be decreased, as long as the number of screwdriver revolutions is increased proportionally (and vice versa).
In the case of particularly hard steels, reducing the screwdriver revolutions and increasing the applied force can help.
Waste chips produced during drilling.

TIMBER-TO-METAL TIPS AND SCREWS
HOW DO TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREWS WORK?
The shape of the tip facilitates hole cleaning by effectively pushing steel shavings out of the way.
The narrowing at the tip of the SBD serves precisely to create space for cutting waste away from the drilling area.

The maximum fixable thickness (A max) corresponds to the length of the screw minus the tip and 3 thread turns.
3 thread turns are in fact the ideal length for gripping the screw in the metal plate.
The length of the tip L p determines the maximum thickness that can be drilled.

L p must be long enough to channel the residues. If the thread makes contact with the plate before drilling is complete, the connector may break.
TIMBER-METAL TIP WITH FINS

In applications where the thickness of the timber element to be fixed (A) is much greater than that of the metal plate (s), fins are used at the tip
The fins protect the thread, ensuring that it does not come into contact with the timber element.
By creating an enlarged hole, the fins do not damage the thread and allow it to reach the plate intact.
Once they come into contact with the plate, the fins break, allowing the thread to grip the plate.


SBS screw before and after installation
An enlarged hole prevents the timber element from lifting from the base metal during metal drilling.
tip
fins
thread head
SBD
SBN
SBS
SELF-DRILLING DOWEL
TAPERED TIP
The new tapered self-perforating tip minimises insertion times in timber-to-metal connection systems and guarantees applications in hard-to-reach positions (reduced application force).
GREATER STRENGTH
Higher shear strengths than the previous version.
The 0.30 inch (7,5 mm) diameter ensures higher shear strengths than other solutions on the market and enables optimisation of the number of fasteners.
DOUBLE THREAD
The thread close to the tip (b1) facilitates screwing. The longer under-head thread (b2) allows quick and precise closing of the joint.
CYLINDRICAL HEAD
It allows the dowel to penetrate beyond the surface of the timber substrate. It ensures an optimal appearance and meets fire-strength requisites.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL


VIDEO
Scan the QR Code and watch the video on our YouTube channel

Self-drilling system for concealed timber-to. steel joints.
It can be used with screw guns running at 6002100 rpm, minimum applied force 55 lbs | 25 kg, with:
• steel S235 ≤ 3/8"
• steel S275 ≤ 3/8"
• steel S355 ≤ 3/8"
• ALUMINI, ALUMIDI and ALUMAXI brackets


MOMENT RESTORING
It restores shear and moment forces in concealed centreline joints of large beams.
EXCEPTIONAL SPEED
The only dowel that drills a 3/16" thick S355 plate in 20 seconds (horizontal application with an applied force of 55 lbs | 25 kg).
No self-drilling pin exceeds the application speed of the SBD with its new tip.

Fastening of Rothoblaas pillar-holder with internal knife plate F70.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
175 6 7/8 40 1 9/16 40 1 9/16
SBD75195 195 7 11/16 40 1 9/16 40 1 9/16 50 SBD75215 215 8 7/16 40 1 9/16 40 1 9/16 50 SBD75235 235 9 1/4 40 1 9/16 40 1 9/16 50
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Rigid ”knee“ joint with double internal plate (LVL).
L ≤ 2 15/16"
SBD L ≤ 2 15/16"
SBD L ≥ 3 3/4"
SBD L ≥ 3 3/4"
SBD
INSTALLATION | ALUMINIUM PLATE
It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate increased by at least 1/8≤".
pressure to be applied
90 lbs
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 1st gear (600-1000 rpm)
INSTALLATION | STEEL PLATE
pressure to be applied
lbs
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 1st gear (600-1000 rpm)
3/8 3/16
It is suggested to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate increased by at least 1/8".
pressure to be applied
90 lbs
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 2nd gear (1000-1500 rpm)
PLATE HARDNESS
pressure to be applied
lbs
recommended screwdriver Mafell A 18M BL
recommended speed 2nd gear (1500-2000 rpm)
The steel plate hardness can greatly vary the pull-through times of the dowels. Hardness is in fact defined as the material's strength to drilling or shear. In general, the harder the plate, the longer the drilling time.
The hardness of the plate does not always depend on the strength of the steel, it can vary from point to point and is strongly influenced by heat treatments: standardised plates have a medium to low hardness, while the hardening process gives the steel high hardnesses.
1 INTERNAL KNIFE PLATE - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 in
KNIFE PLATE - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 1/2 in
2 INTERNAL KNIFE PLATES - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 0 in
Zα [lbf]
2 INTERNAL KNIFE PLATES - DOWEL HEAD INSTALLATION DEPTH 1/2 in
Zα [lbf]
a3,t
a3,c [in] 4∙d 1 3/16
a 4,t [in] 4∙d 1 3/16
a 4,c [in] 4∙d 1 3/16
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal dowel diamter
• A milling of 1/8" is considered for each side of the steel plate. d
NOTES
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with 2024 NDS, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the dowel.
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with Section 11.1.2 and Appendix E of the NDS, and end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple fasteners must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS.
• SBD must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• SBD must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• The steel member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• Designed connections must respect all requirements on general principles and minimum distances.
• Tabulated values, that are referred to a single fastener, are valid for Allowable Stress Design (ASD) considering a standard loading (CD = 1.0).
• Tabulated values are determined considering this specific geometry of the connection. Different configuration with different steel plates or wood thichensses and different dowel head installation depth can be calculated according to NDS.
It is important to have a milling in the wood equal to the thickness of the plate, increased by at least 1/4", placing SHIM spacers between the wood and the plate to centre it in the milling.
In this way, the steel residue from the drilling of the metal has an outlet to escape and does not obstruct the passage of the drill through the plate, thus avoiding overheating of the plate and timber and also preventing the generation of smoke during installation.
Cutter increased by 1/8" on each side.
Shavings obstructing the holes in the steel during drilling (spacers not installed).
To avoid breakage of the tip at the moment of pin-plate contact, it is recommended to reach the plate slowly, pushing with a lower force until the moment of impact and then increasing it to the recommended value (90 lbs | 40 kg for top-down applications and 55 lbs | 25 kg for horizontal installations). Try to keep the dowel as perpendicular as possible to the surface of the timber and the plate.


Intact tip after correct installation of the dowel.
If the steel plate is too hard, the dowel tip may shrink significantly or even melt. In this case, it is advisable to check the material certificates for any heat treatment or hardness tests performed. Try decreasing the force applied or alternatively changing the type of plate.


1/8” 1/8”
Tip melted during installation on a too hard plate without spacers between timber and plate.
Broken (cut) tip due to excessive force during impact with metal.
Reduction of the tip when drilling the plate due to the high hardness of the plate.
SMOOTH DOWEL
HIGH-RESISTANCE STEEL
Dowel 0.63 and 0.79 inch diameter made of S355 steel grade to provide higher shear strength to the standard sizes used in structural design.
TAPERED TIP
The end is narrowed for easy insertion inside the prepared hole in the timber. Available in 39 3/8" long version.
FOR SEISMIC ZONES
Available upon request in high bond steel and geometry designed to avoid pull-out when used in seismic areas.
STAINLESS STEEL VERSION
Available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for outdoor structural applications.

DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
MATERIAL
EXTERNAL LOADS

FIELDS OF USE
Assembly and structural connection of timber components for timber-to-timber and timber-to-steel shear connections
• solid timber and glulam
• CLT, LVL
• timber based panels


LARGE STRUCTURES ALSO OUTDOOR
Stainless steel A2 version suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km [0.62 mi] from the sea and on class T4 acid wood.
TIMBER-TO-METAL
Ideal for being used with ALU and ALUMEGA brackets in realizing concealed joints. When used with wood taps it meets the fire safety requirements and provides an optimal aesthetic appearance.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
STA860B 60 2 3/8 S235 100
STA880B 80 3 1/8 S235 100
STA8100B 100 4 S235 100
STA8120B 120 4 3/4 S235 100
STA8140B 140 5 1/2 S235 100
STA1260B 60 2 3/8 S235 50
STA1270B 70 2 3/4 S235 50
STA1280B 80 3 1/8 S235 50
STA1290B 90 3 1/2 S235 50
STA12100B 100 4 S235 50
STA12110B 110 4 3/8 S235 50
STA12120B 120 4 3/4 S235 50
STA12130B 130 5 1/8 S235 50
STA12140B 140 5 1/2 S235 25
STA12150B 150 6 S235 25
STA12160B 160 6 1/4 S235 25
STA12170B 170 6 3/4 S235 25
STA12180B 180 7 1/8 S235 25
STA12200B 200 8 S235 25
STA12220B 220 8 5/8 S235 25
STA12240B 240 9 1/2 S235 25
STA12260B 260 10 1/4 S235 25
STA12280B 280 11 S235 25
STA12320B 320 12 5/8 S235 25
STA12340B 340 13 3/8 S235 25
1000 39 3/8 S235 1
0.48
STA1680B 80 3 1/8 S355 25
100 4 S355 25
110 4 3/8 S355 25
120 4 3/4 S355 25 STA16130B 130 5 1/8 S355 25 STA16140B 140 5 1/2 S355 25
STA16150B
STA A2 | AISI304 - stainless steel smooth dowel(1) d 1
STA12100A2 100 4 25
STA12120A2 120 4 3/4 25
STA12140A2 140 5 1/2 25
STA12160A2 160 6 1/4 25
STA12180A2 180 7 1/8 25
STA12200A2 200 8 25
STA12220A2 220 8 5/8 25
STA12240A2 240 9 1/2 25
STA12260A2 260 10 1/4 25
(1)Not holding CE marking. STA A2 | AISI304 codes are only available upon request. STA - smooth dowel made of S235-S355 carbon steel
STA16120A2 120 4 3/4 25 STA16140A2 140 5 1/2 10 STA16150A2 150 6 10 STA16160A2 160 6 1/4 10 STA16180A2 180 7 1/8 10
STA16200A2 200 8 10
STA16220A2 220 8 5/8 10
STA16240A2 240 9 1/2 10
STA16260A2 260 10 1/4 10
STA16280A2 280 11 10
STA16300A2 300 11 3/4 10
Available upon request the STAS high bond steel and geometry designed to avoid pull-out when used in seismic areas (e.g. STAS16200). Minimum quantity: 1000 pcs
L d
300 11 3/4 5
320 12 5/8 5
340 13 3/8 5
360 14 1/4 5
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
diameter
Bending yield strength has been tested and evaluated in accordance with ASTM F1575 and ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC233.
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR DOWELS SUBJECT TO SHEAR
d 1 [in]
0.48 0.63 0.79 [mm] 8 12 16 20
a 1 [in] 5∙d 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16
a 2 [in] 3∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1
a3,t [in] max(7∙d ; 80 mm) 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16
a3,c [in] max(3,5∙d ; 40 mm) 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16
a 4,t [in] 3∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16
a 4,c [in] 3∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 0.32 0.48 0.63 0.79 8 12 16 20 3∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 3∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1 max(7∙d ; 80 mm) 2 1/16 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 max(7∙d ; 80 mm) 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 4∙d 1 3/8 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 3∙d 11/16 13/16 7/8 1
α = load-to-grain angle
d = nominal dowel diameter
NOTE
• Minimum distances for connectors subject to shear stress in accordance with EN 1995:2014.
EFFECTIVE NUMBER OF DOWELS nef FOR α = 0°
d = nominal dowel diameter
n ef value given is a function of n and a1 In lieu of the provisions established in EC5, the Group Action Factor, Cg, prescribed in NDS Section 11.3.6 should be used to calculate the reduced shear capacity of multiple dowels loaded in a group for any load direction with respect to wood grain direction.
STRUCTURAL VALUES | TIMBER-TO-STEEL AND ALUMINIUM
GENERAL PRINCIPLES:
• Reference lateral design values (Z) have been calculated according to NDS yield limit equations and are representative of a single STA dowel.
• Tabulated values are based on standard load duration (CD = 1.0). Moisture and temperature effects have been neglected (CM = 1.0 and Ct = 1.0). Values must be multiplied by all applicable adjustment factors from the NDS for use with Allowable Stress Design (ASD).
• The steel plate is assumed to be ASTM A36 with minimm ultimate tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa).
• 1/16” tolerance has been assumed for the timber slot.
• Wood and steel members must be checked by the designer for localized stresses including group effects and tear out or block shear.
• Most common wood materials are assumed such as Spruce-Pine-Fir, HemFir, Douglas Fir, and Southern Pine.
STAS | IMPROVED
DOWEL FOR SEISMIC LOADS
Knurled dowel available on request. Knurling limits the displacement of the dowels from the joint during an earthquake, as stipulated in Eurocode 8, and allows for a pull-out strength of 1 kN [224.8 lbf], as stipulated in EN 14592:2022.

STAS - WITHDRAWAL VALUES
Make a pre-drilling hole with a diameter equal to the diameter of the dowel using a drill press or CNC machine. The hole must be perfectly perpendicular.
Clean the hole and place the dowel with the knurling in contact with the timber.
Drive the dowel into the hole using a hammer.

The minimum necessary to work at maximum efficiency
"Tools for timber construction" is the catalogue of carpenters' favourite tools. Tools, screwdrivers, machines and nailguns, transport and lifting systems, drill bits and cutters, fall protection systems, timber repair solutions and specific accessories for every need.
Try them, you will never leave them behind again! Browse the online catalogue:
rothoblaas.com

SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
CERTIFIED
The SBS self-drilling screw is CE marked according to EN 14592. It is the ideal choice for professionals who demand quality, safety and reliable performance in structural timber-to-metal applications.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 5/16") and steel (thickness: up to 1/4").
CUTTING FINS
The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through. They guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion between the thickness of the wood and the metal.




LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY DIAMETER [in]
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:
• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 1/4"
• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 5/16"
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
0.19 #10
0.22 #12
6,3 0.25 #14 TX 30
s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37
s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY
nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
INSTALLATION
RECOMMENDATIONS
SBS A2 | AISI304
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
BIMETAL SCREW
The head and body are made of A2 | AISI304 stainless steel, thus providing high resistant to corrosion. The tip is made of carbon steel for excellent drilling performance.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium and steel. The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel head and body make it ideal for outdoor applications. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on the wooden element.




DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to steel substructures:
• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 1/4"
• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 5/16"
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
4,8 0.19 #10
0.25 #14
s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37
s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
INSTALLATION

OUTDOOR ENVIRONMENT
Austenitic A2 stainless steel offers higher corrosion resistance.
Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km [0.62 mi] from the sea and on class T4 acid wood.
SPP
SELF-DRILLING TIMBER-TO-METAL SCREW
CERTIFIED
The SPP self-drilling screw is CE marked according to EN 14592. It is the ideal choice for professionals who demand quality, safety and reliable performance in structural timber-to-metal applications.
TIMBER-TO-METAL TIP
Special self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity both in aluminium (thickness: up to 3/8") and steel (thickness: up to 1/4").
CUTTING FINS
The fins protect the screw thread during timber pull-through. They guarantee maximum threading efficiency in metal and perfect adhesion between the thickness of the wood and the metal.
WIDE RANGE
Being partially threaded, it's ideal for fastening sandwich panels, even thick ones, to steel. Very sharp under-head ribs for a perfect surface finish on the wooden element.
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL

electrogalvanized carbon steel


FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drilling hole, of timber elements to metallic substructures:
• in S235 steel with a maximum thickness of 1/4"
• in aluminium with a maximum thickness of 3/8"
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s S thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37
s A thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY

SIP PANELS
The SPP is ideal for fastening SIP panels and sandwich panels thanks to the complete range of lengths (up to 9 1/2").
SBN - SBN A2 | AISI304
SELF-DRILLING METAL SCREW
TIP FOR METAL
Special self-perforating tip for iron and steel in thicknesses ranging from 1/32" to 3/16". Ideal for fastening overlapping sections of metal and sheet metal.
FINE THREAD
Fine thread ideal for precise fastening on sheet metal or for metal-to-metal or timber-to-metal couplings.
STAINLESS STEEL
Also available in a bimetal version with head and body in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel and tip in carbon steel. Ideal for outdoor fastening of clips on aluminium supports.

DIAMETER [in]



LENGTH [in]
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drill, of metal structural elements to steel substructures (maximum thickness: 3/16").
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
3,5 0.14 #6 TX 15
3,9 0.16 #7 TX 15
SBN3525 25 1 16 5/8 5/8 1/32 - 1/16 500
s thickness that can be drilled, metal plate (steel or aluminium) d 1 CODE L b A s pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in] [in]
4,2 0.17 #8 TX 20
4,8 0.19 #10 TX 25
5,5 0.22 #12 TX 25
SBN3932 35 1 3/8 27 1 1/16 7/8 1/32 - 1/8 200
SBN4238 38 1 1/2 30 1 3/16 1 1/8 1/16 - 1/8 200
SBN4845 45 1 3/4 34 1 5/16 1 5/16 1/16 - 3/16 200
SBN5550 50 1 15/16 38 1 1/2 1 1/2 1/16 - 3/16 200
GEOMETRY
1 CODE L b A s pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in] [in] 3,5 0.14 #6 TX 10 SBNA23525 25 1 16 5/8 13/16 1/32 - 1/16 1000
0.16 #7 TX 15 SBNA23932 32 1 1/4 24 15/16 1 1/32 - 1/8 1000
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
INSTALLATION
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SCREWING: steel: v S ≈ 1000 - 1500 rpm aluminium: vA ≈ 600-1000 rpm

SBN A2 | AISI304
Ideal for outdoor fastening to standard Rothoblaas aluminium clips.
See CLIP for decks from page 386
SBN
SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR STEEL, HEXAGONAL HEAD
SELF-PERFORATING TIP
Self-perforating tip with bleeder geometry for excellent drilling capacity (up to 1/4" on steel).
EFFECTIVE
Self-tapping thread for steel and hexagonal washerhead with SW 10.
WATERTIGHT
Includes integrated washer with EPDM seal for watertight fastening.





[in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
EPDM gasket
FIELDS OF USE
Direct fastening, without pre-drill hole, of metal structural elements and metal sheets to steel substructures maximum thickness 1/4".
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s thickness that can be drilled, metal plate (steel or aluminium)
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

TRAPEZOIDAL METAL SHEET ROOFS
Thanks to its steel drilling capability and the watertightness of the combined washer, it is the ideal choice for application on trapezoidal sheet metal.
MCS A2 | AISI304
SCREW WITH WASHER FOR METAL SHEET
INTEGRATED WASHER
A2 | AISI304 stainless steel screw with integrated A2 | AISI304 stainless steel washer and EPDM gasket.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion. Also available in various colors: copper or chocolate brown.
TORX BIT
Convex head with Torx slot for secure fastening of sheet metal on wood or plaster. Ideal for fixing gutters and sheet metal flaps on wood.









DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
It can be used outdoors in aggressive environments. Fastening metal structural elements to wooden substructures.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
MCS A2: stainless steel
MCS CU: copper finish
MCS M: RAL 8017 - chocolate brown
MCS B: RAL 9002 - light grey
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

PERGOLAS
Ideal for fastening trapezoidal metal on the wooden pergolas and outdoor structures.
MTS A2 | AISI304
SCREWS FOR METAL SHEET
HEXAGONAL HEAD
Ideal for use in combination with WBAZ washers to achieve water-tight fastening to metal sheet; requires a pre-drill. The hexagonal head facilitates any subsequent removal.
STAINLESS STEEL
The A2 | AISI304 stainless steel ensures high resistance to corrosion and excellent durability, even in very aggressive environments.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

GEOMETRY
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
WOOD CORROSIVITY
PRE-PAINTED METAL SHEET CAP WITH PE GASKET
WATERPROOF
Prepainted carbon steel cap complete with PE gasket for a watertight seal with the sheet.
Size 1.56 x 1.94 inches in aluminium.
COMPLETE RANGE
Full range of sizes for compatibility with different trapezoidal sheet metal sizes on the market.
AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE
Available in a variety of colors to suit every roofing aesthetic requirement.


CODES AND DIMENSIONS


RAL 9002 - grey white
RAL 3009 - Siena red
RAL 8017 - dark brown
STAINLESS STEEL WASHER WITH SEALING GASKET
WATERPROOF
Perfect watertight closure and excellent sealing thanks to the EPDM sealing gasket.
RESISTANT TO UV RAYS
Excellent resistance to UV rays. Ideal for outdoor use thanks to the adaptability of the EPDM gasket and washer in stainless steel A2 | AISI304.
VERSATILITY
Ideal for use on sheets (thickness: up to 0.03 inch) in combination with TBS EVO Ø6 (0.24 inch) in screws, that can be installed without pre-drill, or with MTS A2 | AISI304 screws, installed with pre-drill.



FIELDS OF USE
Ideal in combination with TBS EVO, TBS EVO C5 or MTS screws for fastening metal sheets to timber and metal substructures exposed to weathering and UV radiation.
DIMENSIONS
INSTALLATION
TBS EVO + WBAZ fastening thickness
Correct tightening
NOTES:
Excessive tightening
The thickness of the washer after installation is approximately 5/16" - 3/8".
MTS A2 + WBAZ fastening thickness Ø x L [min to max] [mm] x [mm] [in] x [in] [mm] [in] 6 x 80 0.24 x 3 1/8 10 - 50 0.39 - 1.97
6 x 100 0.24 x 4 30 - 70 1.18 - 2.76
6 x 120 0.24 x 4 3/4 50 - 90
For more information on related products see page 122 for TBS EVO and page 348 for MTS A2.
Insufficient tightening Tightening off axis
The maximum fastening thickness was calculated by ensuring a minimum penetration length into the wood of 4d.

FAUX ROOFING TILE
Can also be used on sandwich panels, corrugated panels and faux roofing tiles.
DECKS AND FACADES
DECKS AND FACADES
SCI
SCI A4 | AISI316
SCI A2 | AISI304
KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316 CONE-SHAPED
KKT A4 | AISI316 CONE-SHAPED
KKT
FAS A4 | AISI316
KKZ A2 | AISI304
KKZ
JFA
KKF
THERMOWASHER
WOOD SPECIES | pH and density
Each wood species has unique characteristics that influence its stability and strength to weathering, mould, fungus and pests. Where the density of the material is such that the functionality of the connector is compromised (ρk > 31 lb/ft3), pre-drilling is required prior to screwing. The limiting density depends on the type of connector chosen.
ρk pH
The pH of each wood is an indication of the presence of acetic acid, a corrosive agent for various types of metal in contact with wood, especially when the latter is in exposure condition EC3. The classification of wood for average moisture contents between 16 and 20% timber corrosivity classes T3 or T4 and consequently the type of connectors to be used depends on the pH value.
ρ k = 32-47 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,3-5,8
ρ k = 39-49 lb/ft 3 pH = 4,9-6,0
ρ k ≈ 56 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,8-4,2
ρ k = 34-61 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,8-4,2



ρ k = 44-50 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 6,2


ρ k = 32-47 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,1-4,4

ρ k = 26-36 lb/ft 3 pH = 2,5-3,5

ρ k = 31-39 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 3,9


Heat treatments
Heat or thermo-impregnating treatments can introduce aggressive components (e.g. copper) into the wood structure and/or lower the pH value. Sometimes the reduction in pH is such that the corrosivity class changes from T3 to T4. (e.g. Beech pH ~ 3,4).

pH > 4 pH ≤ 4
"standard" timbers low acidity “aggressive” woods
ρ k = 60-69 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 3,9

ρ k = 6-16 lb/ft 3 pH = 5,5-6,7

ρ k = 26-27 lb/ft 3 pH = 5,5-6,0



ρ k = 34-47 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 6,1


ρ k = 56-62 lb/ft 3 pH = 4,9-5,2

North American spruce P. rubens, P. glauca,P. mariana
Western red cedar Thuja plicata
Douglas fir Pseudotsuga menziesii
Blue Douglas fir Pseudotsuga taxifolia
Red oak Quercus rubra
White oak Quercus alba
Grand fir Abies grandis
American black cherry Prunus serotina
Parana Pine Araucaria angustifolia
Massaranduba-Balatá Manilkara
Ipè Tabebuia spp.
Red maple Acer rubrum
Balsa Ochroma

Maritime pine Pinus pinaster
ρ k = 31-39 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 3,8

European chestnut Castanea sativa
ρ k = 36-37 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,4-3,7

Common ash Fraxinus excelsior
ρ k = 45-54 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 5,8
Oak




Quercus petraea
ρ k = 42-47 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 3,9
Scots pine Pinus sylvestris
ρ k = 32-56 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 5,1
Oak or European oak Quercus robur
ρ k = 43-60 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,4-4,2
Olmo Ulmus
ρ k = 34-53 lb/ft 3 pH = 6,45-7,15







European larch Larix decidua
ρ k = 37-53 lb/ft 3 pH = 4,2-5,4
Spruce Picea abies
ρ k = 29-42 lb/ft 3 pH = 4,1-5,3
Beech
Fagus
ρ k = 45-57 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 5,9
White birch Betula pendula
ρ k = 41-52 lb/ft 3 pH = 4,85-5,35




Iroko




Idigbo Terminalia ivorensis
ρ k = 28-37 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,5-4,1
Milicia
ρ k = 43-53 lb/ft 3 pH = 5,6-7,0
Obeche Triplochiton scleroxylon
ρ k = 25-34 lb/ft 3 pH = 5,4-6,2
African padouk Pterocarpus soyauxii
ρ k = 44-53 lb/ft 3 pH = 3,7-5,6
Tectona grandis
ρ k = 41-44 lb/ft 3 pH ~ 5,1

Eucalyptus marginata
ρ k = 50-56 lb/ft 3 pH = 3-3,7



African ebony Acer rubrum
ρ k = 62-75 lb/ft 3 pH = 4,2
African mahogany Khaya
ρ k = 28-34 lb/ft 3 pH = 5,0 - 5,4
Density and pH taken from: "Wagenführ R; Wagenführ A. Holzatlas (2022)" and from "Canadian Conservation Institute Jean Tetreault, Coatings for Display and Storage in Museums (January 1999)".
Teak
Jarrah
SCI HCR
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
MAXIMUM CORROSION PERFORMANCE
Rated in the highest corrosion resistance class by EN 1993-1-1:2006/ A1:2015 (CRC V), it offers the highest atmospheric corrosion (C5) and wood (T5) resistance.
HCR: HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Austenitic stainless steel. It is characterised by its high molybdenum and nickel content for maximum corrosion resistance, while the presence of nitrogen ensures excellent mechanical performance.
INDOOR POOLS
The chemical composition, in particular the high nickel and molybdenum content, confers strength to chloride pitting and, hence, stress corrosion cracking. This is the reason why it is the only category of stainless steel suitable for use in indoor swimming pools according to Eurocode 3.



DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
HCR | AL-6XN (CRC V) super-austenitic stainless steel
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor and indoor use in extremely aggressive environments.
• indoor pools
• façades
• very wet areas
• oceanic climate
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
5 0.20 #11 TX
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

SAUNAS AND WELLNESS CENTRES
Ideal in environments with very high moisture and the presence of salts and chlorides.
SCI A4 | AISI316
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
Special asymmetrical umbrella thread, elongated reamer cutter and under-head cutting ribs provide the screw with higher torsional strength and safer screwing.
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
T5 TIMBER CORROSIVITY
Suitable for use in applications on agressive woods with an acidity (pH) level below 4 such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut, and in wood moisture conditions above 20%.



DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 470 kg/m 3 [G = 0.53] (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m 3 [G = 0.72] (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
SCI A4 | AISI316
EVO C5 C5 C5
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
It is the screw of choice when high mechanical performance is required under very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.
Find out more on page 68
GEOMETRY

(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).

MARINE ENVIRONMENTS
Can be used in aggressive environments and in areas near the sea thanks to the A4 | AISI316 stainless steel.
SCI A2 | AISI304
COUNTERSUNK SCREW
3 THORNS TIP
Thanks to the 3 THORNS tip, minimum installation distances are reduced. More screws can be used in less space and larger screws in smaller elements. Costs and time for project implementation are reduced.
SUPERIOR STRENGTH
New tip, special asymmetrical umbrella thread, elongated reamer cutter and under-head cutting ribs provide the screw with higher torsional strength and safer screwing.
A2 | AISI304
A2 austenitic stainless steel. It offers high corrosion resistance. Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km (0.62 mi) from the sea in class C4 on most acid woods in class T4.




DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 470 kg/m 3 [G = 0.53] (without pre-drill) and < 620 kg/m 3 [G = 0.72] (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
3,5 0.14 #6
TX 15
SCI3525 ( * ) 25 1 18 11/16 1/4 500
SCI3530 ( * ) 30 1 3/16 18 11/16 3/8 500
SCI3535 ( * ) 35 1 3/8 18 11/16 1/2 500
SCI3540 ( * ) 40 1 9/16 18 11/16 3/4 500
SCI4030 30 1 3/16 18 11/16 1/4 500
SCI4035 35 1 3/8 18 11/16 1/4 500
4 0.16 #7
TX 20
SCI4040 40 1 9/16 24 15/16 1/4 500
SCI4045 45 1 3/4 30 1 3/16 1/2 200 SCI4050 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 400
60 2 3/8 35 1 3/8 3/4 200
SCI4535 35 1 3/8 24 15/16 3/8 400
4,5 0.18 #9
TX 20
SCI4540 40 1 9/16 24 15/16 1/2 400 SCI4545 45 1 3/4 30 1 3/16 1/2 400
SCI4550 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 200 SCI4560 60 2 3/8 35 1 3/8 3/4
SCI4570 70 2 3/4 40 1 9/16 1 200 SCI4580 80 3 1/8 40 1 9/16 1 1/2 200
SCI5040 40 1 9/16 20 13/16 3/4 200
SCI5045 45 1 3/4 24 15/16 3/4 200 SCI5050 50 1 15/16 24 15/16 1 200
0.24 #14 TX 30
5 0.20 #11 TX 25
SCI5060 60 2 3/8 30 1 3/16 1 200 SCI5070 70 2 3/4 35 1 3/8 1 1/4 100 SCI5080 80 3 1/8 40 1 9/16 1 1/2 100 SCI5090 90 3 1/2 45 1 3/4 1 3/4 100
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
SCI A2 COIL
Bound version available for fast and accurate installation. Ideal for large projects.
Compatible with KMR 3373 and KMR 3352 for Ø0.16 inch and KMR 3372 and KMR 3338 for Ø0.20 inch. For further information see page 431
RELATED PRODUCTS TURNED WASHER see page 72

HUS A4
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G≤0.55 (optional).
(3) Pre-drilling applies to timber with G>0.55 (required).
KKT COLOR A4 | AISI316
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
COLORED HEAD
Version in A4 | AISI316 stainless steel with brown, grey or black colored head. Excellent camouflaging with wood. Ideal for very aggressive environments, for acidic, chemically treated wood and very high internal moisture (T5).
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional pull-through capacity.








DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 austenitic stainless steel | AISI316 (CRC III) with organic colored head coating
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m 3 [G = 0.63] (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m 3 [G = 1.05] (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
COLOR A4 | AISI316
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
BROWN COLOR HEAD BLACK COLOR HEAD
GREY COLOR HEAD
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V [in] 1/8 - 9/64
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood species.

CARBONIZED WOOD
Ideal for fastening wooden planks with a burnt effect. Can also be used with acetylate-treated woods.
A4 | AISI316
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
AGGRESSIVE ENVIRONMENTS
A4 | AISI316 stainless steel version ideal for very aggressive environments, for acidic, chemically treated wood and very high internal moisture (T5). KKT X version with short length and long bit for use with clips.
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional timber pull-through.


A4 | AISI316

A4 | AISI316
DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
X A4 | AISI316

insert included

ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use in highly aggressive environments. Wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m 3 [G = 0.63] (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m 3 [G = 1.05] (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
KKT
KKT
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT A4 | AISI316
KKT X A4 | AISI316 - fully threaded screw
KKT530A4 ( * ) 30 1 3/16 26 1 1/32 3/16
KKT540A4 40 1 9/16 36 1 7/16 3/16 100 ( * ) Not holding CE marking.
LONG BIT INCLUDED code TX 2050
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood species.

KKT X
Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips (TVM, TERRALOCK) in outdoor environments. Long bit included in each package.
KKT A4 | AISI316
KKT X A4 | AISI316
CONE-SHAPED CONCEALED HEAD SCREW
ORGANIC COLORED COATING
Carbon steel version with colored anti-rust coating (brown, grey, green, sand and black) for outdoor use in non acid timbers (T3).
COUNTER THREAD
The inverse (left-hand) under-head thread guarantees excellent grip. Small conical head to ensure it is hidden in the timber.
TRIANGULAR BODY
The three-lobed thread makes it possible to cut the wood grain during screwing. Exceptional timber pull-through.








DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with colored organic anti-rust coating
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Wooden boards with density of <
3 [G = 0.92] (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m 3 [G = 1.05] (with pre-drill).
WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT BROWN
d 1 CODE L b A pcs [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
KKTM540 43 1 11/16 25 1 3/4 200
KKTM550
5,1 0.21 #11 TX 20
6 0.24 #14 TX 30
KKT GREY
70 2 3/4 50 1 15/16 1 100
KKT GREEN
KKT SAND
[mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
0.21 #11 TX 20
KKT BLACK
0.21 #11 TX 20
KKT COLOR STRIP
Bound version available for fast and accurate installation. Ideal for large projects.
For information on screwdriver and additional products see page 431
GEOMETRY
53 2 1/16 35 1 3/8 3/4
2 3/8 40 1 9/16 1
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
KKT BROWN
[mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [in]
0.21 #11 TX 20
Compatible with KMR 3371 loaders, code HH3371 with appropriate TX20 bit (code TX2075).
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V [in] 1/8 - 9/64 9/64 - 5/32 (1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood species.
FAS A4 | AISI316
SCREWS FOR FAÇADES
OPTIMISED GEOMETRY
Thanks to its flange head, partially threaded body and self-drilling tip, it is the appropriate screw for fastening façade panels (HPL, fibre cement sheets, etc.) on timber battens.
A4 | AISI316
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel for high corrosion resistance. Ideal for environments adjacent to the sea in corrosivity class C5 and for insertion on the most aggressive timbers in class T5.
COLORED HEAD
Available in white, grey or black for perfect color uniformity with the panel. The color of the head can be customised on request.









DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A4 | AISI316 austenitic stainless steel (CRC III)
FIELDS OF USE
It can be used outdoors in aggressive environments. Fixing of façade elements (HPL panels, fibre cement slabs, etc.) to timber substructures.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
FAS: stainless steel
FAS N: RAL 9005 - black
GEOMETRY
FAS W: RAL 9010 - white
FAS G: RAL 7016 - anthracite gray
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

COMPATIBILITY
FAS is compatible with the most common fibre cement and HPL façade panel systems.
COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW
HARD WOODS
Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to efficiently drill very high density woods without pre-drill density (up to 1000 kg/m3 | G = 1.20).
DOUBLE THREAD
The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed head.
BURNISHED VERSION
Available in a version in antique-burnished stainless steel, ideal to guarantee superb camouflaging in the wood.




[in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
A2 | AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m 3 [G = 0.90] (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3 [G = 1.55] (with pre-drill).
WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKZ A2 | AISI304
KKZ BRONZE A2 | AISI304
GEOMETRY
hole
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood species.

HARD WOOD
Also tested on very high density woods, such as IPE, massaranduba and bamboo (over 1000 kg/m3 | G = 1.20).
ACID TIMBER T4
Based on Rothoblaas' experimental experience, A2 (AISI 304) stainless steel is suitable for use in applications on most agressive woods with acidity (pH) levels below 4, such as oak, Douglas fir and chestnut (see page 354).
COUNTERSUNK CYLINDRICAL HEAD SCREW
C5 ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
Multi-layer coating capable of withstanding outdoor environments classified C5 according to ISO 9223. Salt Spray Test (SST) with exposure time greater than 3000 h carried out on screws previously screwed and unscrewed in Douglas fir timber.
DOUBLE THREAD
The larger diameter right-hand under-head thread ensures an effective grip, guaranteeing good coupling of the wooden elements. Concealed head.
HARD WOODS
Special tip with sword-shaped geometry specially designed to efficiently drill very high density woods without pre-drill density up to 1000 kg/m3 | G = 1.20.




DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with C5 EVO coating with very high corrosion resistance
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Wooden boards with density of < 780 kg/m3 [G = 0.90] (without pre-drill) and < 1240 kg/m3 [G = 1.55] (with pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.
(2) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood species.
DISTANCE FROM THE SEA
RESISTANCE TO CHLORIDE EXPOSURE(1) A4 | AISI316 stainless steel
C5 EVO anti-corrosion coating (2)
(1) C5 is defined according to EN 14592:2022 based on EN ISO 9223.
(2) EN 14592:2022 currently limits the service life of alternative coatings to 15 years.

MAXIMUM STRENGTH
It ensures high mechanical performance even in the presence of very adverse environmental and wood corrosive conditions.
EWS AISI410 | EWS A2
CONVEX HEAD SCREW
AESTHETIC PERFORMANCE AND ROBUSTNESS
Countersunk teardrop shaped head with curved surface for a pleasant look and firm grip with the bit. The increased shank diameter with high torsional strength for a strong, safe screwing even in high density woods.
EWS AISI410
The martensitic stainless steel version offers the highest mechanical performance. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).
EWS A2 | AISI305
The austenitic A2 stainless steel version offers higher corrosion resistance. Suitable for outdoor applications up to 1 km (0.62 mi) from the sea and on most of T4 class acid woods.




DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
MATERIAL
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel A2 | AISI305 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
WPC boards (with pre-drill).
EWS AISI410: wooden boards with density of < 880 kg/m3 [G = 1.05] (without pre-drill).
EWS A2 | AISI305: wooden boards with density of < 550 kg/m3 [G = 0.63] (without pre-drill) and < 880 kg/m3 [G = 1.05] (with pre-drill).
Density values in accordance with ETA-11/0030.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
EWS A2 | AISI305
5,3 0.21
60 2 3/8 36 1 7/16 3/4 200
70 2 3/4 42 1 5/8 1 100
TX 25 EWS550 50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 200
GEOMETRY
5,3 0.21 #11 TX 25
50 1 15/16 30 1 3/16 3/4 200
60 2 3/8 36 1 7/16 3/4 200 EWSA2570 70 2 3/4 42 1 5/8 1 100
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) For high density materials, pre-drilled holes are recommended based on the wood species.

WITHOUT PRE-DRILLED HOLE
EWS AISI410 can be used, without pre-drill, in woods having a maximum density of 880 kg/m3 [G = 1.05].
EWS A2 | AISI305 can be used, without predrill, in woods having a maximum density of 550 kg/m3 [G = 0.63].
KKF AISI410
PAN HEAD SCREW
PAN HEAD
The flat under-head accompanies absorption of the shavings, preventing the wood from cracking and thus ensuring excellent surface finish.
LONGER THREAD
Special asymmetric “umbrella” thread with increased length (60%) for higher grip. Fine thread for the utmost precision when tightening is complete.
OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS ON ACID WOOD
Martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers higher mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).




DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Wooden boards with density < 780 kg/m 3 [G = 0.92] (without pre-drill). WPC boards (with pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
4 0.16 #7 TX 20
#9 TX
( * ) Not holding CE marking.
GEOMETRY AND MECHANICAL CHARACTERISTICS
GEOMETRY
Pre-drilling hole diameter(2) d V,G≤0.55 [in]
Pre-drilling hole diameter(3) d V,G>0.55 [in] - -
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point. (2) Pre-drilling applies to wood elements with G≤0.55. (3) Pre-drilling applies to wood elements with G>0.55.
MECHANICAL PARAMETERS
MINIMUM DISTANCES FOR SHEAR LOADS | TIMBER
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in]
a 1 [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2
a 2 [in] 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16
a3,t [in]
a3,c [in] 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 1 9/16
d 1 [in] 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.24 [mm] 4 4,5 5 6
a 1 [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2
a 2 [in] 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16
a3,t [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2
a3,c [in] 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8
a 4,t [in] 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8
a 4,c [in] 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16
screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
d 1 [in] 0.16 0.18 0.20 0.24 [mm] 4 4,5 5 6
a 1 [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2
a 2 [in] 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8
a3,t [in] 20∙d 3 1/8 3 1/2 4 4 3/4
a3,c [in] 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2
a 4,t [in] 12∙d 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16
a 4,c [in] 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8
3
10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16
3 1/8 3 1/2 4 4 3/4 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 12∙d 1 7/8 2 1/8 2 3/8 2 13/16 7∙d 1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8 screws inserted WITHOUT pre-drilled hole
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
4 4,5 5 6 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16 15∙d 2 3/8 2 11/16 2 15/16 3 1/2 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 10∙d 1 9/16 1 3/4 1 15/16 2 3/8 5∙d 13/16 7/8 1 1 3/16
1 1/8 1 1/4 1 3/8 1 5/8
screws inserted WITH pre-drilled hole d
a 2 [in] 4∙d
a
α = load-to-grain angle
d = d1 = nominal diameter of the screw
NOTES
• Values in blue are from Table 10 of ESR-4645 (REDUCED CONNECTION GEOMETRY REQUIREMENTS BASED ON TESTING);
• The minimum spacing and distances comply with ESR-4645, where d refers to the nominal diameter of the screw, and are valid for screw installed into sawn lumber, structural glued laminated timber and cross laminated timber;
• Wood member stresses must be checked in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS; end distances, edge distances and fastener spacing may need to be increased accordingly.
6 0.24 80 3 1/8 (1) 1 9/16
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
THREAD WITHDRAWAL (W) | WOOD
(1) The embedded thread length does not comply with
minimum
4645-
to the grain and 8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle °0 ≤ α <°90 to the grain).
(2) The embedded thread length does not comply with the minimum requirement of ESR-4645 (8 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at an angle 0°≤ α <90° to the grain).
GENERAL PRINCIPLES
• Tabulated values comply with NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATION FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION in accordance with ESR-4645.
• To determine allowable loads for use with ASD, design loads for use with LRFD or both, tabulated values must be multiplied by all adjustment factors included in the NDS for dowel-type fasteners. The design of connection with steel side plate must comply with Section 11.2.3 of the NDS.
• As part of the connection design, the structural wood members, the steel plates must be sized and verified in accordance with the corresponding Section of the NDS and must be done separately by the designer.
• Connections with multiple screws must be designed in accordance with the corresponding Sections of the NDS and ESR-4645.
• KKF AISI410 screws must be installed and used in dry in-service conditions in accordance with the NDS (wet service factor for connection CM is 1.0).
• KKF AISI410 screws must be positioned in accordance with the minimum distances.
REFERENCE LATERAL DESIGN VALUES
• Tabulated values are determined from the yield model equations in the corresponding Section of the NDS.
• Unless otherwise noted, the threaded part of the screw is fully inserted in the main member.
• The screw penetration into the main member is minimum 6 times the outer thread diameter unless otherwise noted.
• The reference lateral design values may be determined for other connection configurations in accordance with the corresponding Section of NDS and ESR-4645.
• The reference lateral design values are calculated for screws inserted without pre-drilling hole. In the case of screws inserted with pre-drilling hole, greater resistance values can be obtained.
WOOD-TO-WOOD
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the wood side member.
• The tabulated lateral design values are based on both wood members having the same specific gravity G.
STEEL-TO-WOOD
• The steel side member must have a minimum tensile strength equal to 58 ksi (400 MPa) and comply with the minimum requirements of ASTM A36.
• The wood main member thickness must be greater than the screw length minus the thickness of the steel side member.
• In case of steel-to-wood connection with a thick plate, it is necessary to assess the effects of wood deformations and install the connectors according to the assembly instructions.
REFERENCE WITHDRAWAL DESIGN VALUES
• The reference withdrawal design values (Wref) expressed in pounds-force per inch of thread penetration into the main member for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain can be found in the ESR-4645.
• The values for screws installed at an angle α to the grain are determined by multiplying the reference withdrawal design values with the effective thread penetration L eff of the screw in the wood member and with the factor kα : Wα = Wref ∙ kα ∙ L eff Where:
- Wref is the reference withdrawal design value for screws installed at an angle of 90° to the grain, as shown in the table on the left; - kα factor is calculated as:
35˚ < α ≤ 90˚
0˚ ≤ α ≤ 35˚ k α = γM 1 1.2·cos2(α)+sin2(α) 0.3+0.7·α 45
- α is the angle between the grain direction and screw axis. Tabulated values at page 381 are valid for L eff equal to the screw thread length b minus the tip length Lt and kα = 1 for α=90°, kα = 0.91 for α= 45°, kα = 0.3 for α = 0°.
• The minimum embedded thread length is 6 times the outer thread diameter for screws installed at 90° to the grain, unless otherwise noted.
• The minimum embedded thread length for screws installed at an angle 0° ≤ α < 90° to the grain is 8 times the outer thread diameter, unless otherwise noted.
• At least four screws must be used in a connection with screws installed in the wood member with an angle between the grain direction and screw axis α ≤ 15°.
• The reference withdrawal design values must be inferior to ftens of the screw.
REFERENCE HEAD PULL-THROUGH DESIGN VALUES
While designing a connection the head pull-through values must be compared with the tensile resistance of the screw and, if necessary, thread withdrawal. The lower value is the governing one.
KKA AISI410
SELF-DRILLING SCREW
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER | TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM
TIMBER-TO-ALUMINIUM
Self-perforating timber-to-metal tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to aluminium substructures.
TIMBER-TO-TIMBER
Also ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards to thin wooden substructures, they, too, made with wooden boards.
METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM
Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix aluminium-aluminium overlaps.
OUTDOOR APPLICATIONS ON ACID WOOD
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel. This stainless steels offers higher mechanical performance compared to the other available stainless steels. Suitable for outdoor applications and on acid wood, but away from corrosive agents (chlorides, sulphides, etc.).




DIAMETER [in]
LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
AISI410 martensitic stainless steel
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Wooden boards with density of < 880 kg/m 3 [G = 1.05] on aluminium with a thickness of < 1/8" (without pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
5
s thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

ALU TERRACE
Ideal for fastening timber or WPC boards, clips or angle brackets to aluminium substructures.
KKA COLOR
SELF-DRILLING SCREW FOR ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
Self-perforating tip with special bleeder geometry. Ideal for fastening clips to aluminium substructures.
ORGANIC COLORED COATING
Black color anti-rust coating for outdoor use in exposure condition 1 on non-acidic woods (T3). Concealed effect on dark substructures and clips.
METAL-TO-ALUMINIUM
Short version ideal for fastening clips, plates and angle brackets to steel or aluminium substructures. Can be used to fix metal-metal overlaps.

KKAN430
KKAN440
KKAN540



DIAMETER [in] long insert included

LENGTH [in]
EXPOSURE CONDITION
ATMOSPHERIC CORROSIVITY
WOOD CORROSIVITY
MATERIAL
carbon steel with colored organic anti-rust coating
FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Aluminium thickness < 1/8" (without pre-drill).
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
s thickness that can be drilled, steel plate S235/St37 thickness that can be drilled, aluminium plate
GEOMETRY
(1)The nominal diameter of the screw is converted into imperial units and rounded up to the nearest decimal point.

Ideal for fastening standard Rothoblaas clips (TVMN) on aluminium. Long bit included in each package.
TVM COLOR
KKAN430 | KKAN440 | KKAN540
KKAN420
FLAT | FLIP
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
INVISIBLE
Completely hidden. The version in aluminium with black coating guarantees an attractive result; the galvanized steel version offers good performance at low cost.
FAST INSTALLATION
Fast, easy installation thanks to the single-screw fastening and the integrated spacer-tab for precise spacing. Ideal for application with the PROFID spacer.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Makes it possible to install deck planks regardless of the position of the grooving (symmetrical). Ribbed surface provides high mechanical strength.



FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Fastening of timber or WPC boards with symmetrical milling on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT COLOR fastening on wood and WPC for FLAT and FLIP
KKA COLOR fastening on aluminium for FLAT and FLIP
GEOMETRY

WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)
Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be used for fastening on aluminium using KKA COLOR screws (KKAN440).
INSTALLATION
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 0.16 in Min. recommended height H H free
Position the next board by inserting it into the FLAT/FLIP fastener.
Insert the FLAT/FLIP fastener into the groove cut so that the spacer tab adheres to the board.
Fix the fastener to the joist underneath by using the KKTN screw.
Using the CRAB MINI or CRAB MAXI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 0.25 inch (see product page 424).
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.

The theory, in practice, is on YouTube
When you need a deeper understanding of how and where to apply our products, a catalogue isn't enough.
Installation instructions and practical tips for each field of application are available on our YouTube channel

Follow our tips at:
CONNECTOR AND SPACER FOR DECKS
VERSATILITY
It can be used both as a concealed connector for boards and as a spacer between boards and battens. SNAP is developed to be used individually but also in combination. In this case, SNAPs have dual functionality as connector and spacer, for maximum efficiency and convenience.
MICRO VENTILATION
When used as a spacer, SNAP prevents water stagnation thanks to the micro-ventilation created under the decking boards.
DURABILITY
PP (glass fiber reinforced polypropylene) material provides excellent durability at an affordable price.



FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use.
Fastening of timber or WPC boards with symmetrical milling on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT COLOR fastening on softwood
KKZ A2 | AISI304 fastening on hardwood
KKZ EVO C5 fastening on hardwood
GEOMETRY

DECK KIT
SNAP, KKT screws, TERRA BAND UV tape and GRANULO or NAG batten supports constitute the most convenient combination of products for building a strong and durable terrace quickly and economically.
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
FOUR VERSIONS
Different sizes for applications on boards with different thickness and gaps of varying width. Black version for complete concealment.
DURABILITY
The stainless steel ensures high corrosion-resistance. The micro-ventilation between the boards helps the durability of the wooden elements.
ASYMMETRIC GROOVING
Ideal for boards with asymmetrical “female-female” groove cuts. Ribbing on the surface of the connector ensures excellent stability.






BOARDS
0.28-0.35 in 0.28-0.35 in
FASTENING ON
MATERIAL stainless steel with colored organic coating
| AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fastening timber or WPC boards on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
KKT X fastening on timber and WPC for TVM A2 | AISI304
KKT COLOR fastening on timber and WPC for TVM COLOR
KKA AISI410 fastening on aluminium for TVM A2 | AISI304
KKA COLOR fastening on aluminium for TVM COLOR
GEOMETRY

TVM1
TVM2
TVM3
TVMN4
ASYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 0.12 in
Min. recommended height TVM1 H 0.28 in
Min. recommended height TVM2 H 0.35 in
Min. recommended height TVM3 H 0.39 in Min. recommended height TVMN H 0.51 in
INSTALLATION
Position the PROFID spacer at the joist centerline. First board: fix with suitable screws which are left visible.
Insert the TVM fastener into the groove cut so that the side fin adheres to the groove in the board.
Position the next board by inserting it into the TVM fastener.
Fix the fastener to the batten underneath by using the KKT screw.
Using the CRAB MINI or CRAB MAXI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 0.28 inch (see product page 424).
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
INCIDENCE ESTIMATE FORMULA PER ft2
1 ft2 /i/(L + f) = pcs of TVM at ft2
i = battens spacing
L = board width
f = gap width
EXAMPLE
NUMBER OF BOARDS AND BATTENS
boards 13.12 ft
SCREW SELECTION
BOARD
BATTEN
TVM NUMBER CALCULATION
QUANTITY FOR INCIDENCE FORMULA
I = S/i/(L + f) = pcs of TVM
I = 258.33 ft 2 /1.97 ft/(0.46 ft + 0.02 ft) = 272 pcs TVM
waste coefficient = 1,05
I = 272 1,05 = 286 pcs TVM
I = 286 pcs TVM
TVM NUMBER = 286 pcs
PATIO SURFACE
WOODEN PLANKING
BATTENS no. boards = [B/(L+f)] = [13.12 / (0.46+0.02)] = 27 boards no. 13.12 ft boards = 27 boards no. 6.56 ft boards = 27 boards no. battens = [A/i] + 1 = (19.69 / 1.97) + 1 = 11 battens
boards 6.56 ft
MINIMUM SCREW LENGTH = S screw head + H + S PROFID + L pen = 0.11 + 0.39 + 0.31 + 0.8 = 1.61 in CHOICE OF SCREW
QUANTITY FOR THE NUMBER OF INTERSECTIONS
I = no. boards with TVM no. battens = pcs. of TVM
no. boards with TVM = (number of boards - 1) = (27 - 1) = 26 boards no. of battens = (A/i) + 1 = (19.69 / 1.97) + 1 = 11 battens
no. intersections = I = 26 11 = 286 pcs TVM
I = 286 pcs TVM
SCREWS NUMBER = No. TVM = 286 pcs KKTX540A4
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
TWO VERSIONS
Available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for excellent corrosion strength (GAP3) or in galvanized carbon steel (GAP4) for good performance at a low cost.
NARROW JOINTS
Ideal for making floors with narrow joints between boards (from 0.12 inch). Fastening is performed before the board is positioned.
WPC AND HARDWOODS
Ideal for symmetrically grooved boards such as those in WPC or high-density wood.



- 0.20 in
- 0.20 in
FASTENING ON
MATERIAL BOARDS
| AISI304 austenitic stainless steel (CRC II)
carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Use in aggressive outdoor environments. Fastening timber or WPC boards on substructures in wood, WPC or aluminium.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GAP 3 A2 | AISI304
SCI A2 | AISI304
fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 3
HTS
fastening on timber and WPC for GAP 4
1 CODE L
[mm] [in] [mm] [in]
3,5 0.14 #6 TX
SBN A2 | AISI304
fastening on aluminium for GAP 3
GEOMETRY d 1 CODE L
GAP 3 A2 | AISI304
[mm] [in] [mm] [in] 5 0.20 #11 TX 20 HTS3525 25 1 1000
SBN fastening on aluminium for GAP 4
4

WOOD PLASTIC COMPOSITE (WPC)
Ideal for fastening WPC boards. Can also be used for fastening on aluminium using SBN A2 | AISI304 screws.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 0.12 in Min. recommended height GAP 3 H 0.32 in
GAP 3 INSTALLATION
First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.
Insert the GAP3 fastener into the groove cut so that the clip’s central tab adheres to the groove in the board.
Fix the screw in the central hole.
Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 0.12 - 0.16 inch depending on aesthetic requirements (see product page 424).
Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP3 fastener so that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
SYMMETRICAL GROOVING
Min. thickness F 0.12 in
Min. recommended height GAP 4 H 0.28 in
GAP 4 INSTALLATION
First board: fix it with suitable screws, left visible or hidden thanks to specific accessories.
Insert the GAP4 fastener into the groove cut so that the clips’ central tab adheres to the groove in the board.
Secure the screws in the two available holes.
Using the CRAB MINI clamp, tighten the two boards until the gap between them is 0.16 - 0.20 inch depending on aesthetic requirements (see product page 424).
Position the next board by inserting it into the GAP4 fastener so that the two tabs adhere to the groove in the board.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards. Last board: repeat step 01.
TERRALOCK
CONNECTOR FOR DECKING
INVISIBLE
Completely concealed, guarantees a highly attractive result. Ideal for both decks and façades. Available in metal and plastic.
VENTILATION
The micro-ventilation under the boards prevents water stagnation, ensuring excellent durability. The larger bearing surface ensures that the substructure is not crushed.
INGENIOUS
Assembly stop for an accurate and simple installation of the fastener. Slotted holes to follow movements of the wood. Allows replacement of individual boards.



FIELDS OF USE
Outdoor use. Fastening of wooden or WPC boards on substructures in timber, WPC or aluminium.
In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
TERRALOCK TERRALOCK PP
Upon request also available in A2 | AISI304 stainless steel for quantities over 20.000 pcs. (code TER60A2 e TER180A2).
KKT A4 | AISI316/KKT COLOR
fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK
In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.
KKF AISI410
fastening on wood and WPC for TERRALOCK PP
GEOMETRY
TERRALOCK
TERRALOCK PP

TERRALOCK
PP
The black nylon version is, ideal for creating patios near aquatic environments. Durability in time guaranteed by microventilation under the boards. Totally concealed fastening.
In the case of dimensionally unstable wood, the use of the metal version is recommended.
CONNECTOR SELECTION
TERRALOCK
60
A. TERRALOCK 60 fastener: 2pcs
B. top screws: 4pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc
KKTX520A4 > 0.83 KKT540A4 ( * ) > 1.57
KKTX525A4 > 1.02 KKT550A4 ( * ) > 1.97
KKTX530A4 > 1.22 KKT560A4 ( * ) > 2.36
(*)Also compatible with other KKT screws of the same sizes.
TERRALOCK 180
A. TERRALOCK 180 fastener: 1pc
B. top screws: 2pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc
KKTX525A4 > 1.02 KKT550A4 ( * ) > 1.97
KKTX530A4 > 1.22 KKT560A4 ( * ) > 2.36
(*)Also compatible with other KKT screws of the same sizes.
TERRALOCK PP 60
A. TERRALOCK PP 60 fastener: 2pcs
B. top screws: 4pcs
C bottom screws: 1pc
TERRALOCK PP 180
A. TERRALOCK PP 180 fastener: 1 pc
B. top screws: 2pcs C bottom screws: 1pc
TERRALOCK 60 INSTALLATION
Position two connectors per each fixing node.
Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board fixed to the sub-structure.
TERRALOCK 180 INSTALLATION
Fix each fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a KKTX screw in one of the two slotted holes.
It is recommended to use STAR spacers inserted between the boards.
For each board arrange one fastener and fix it by means of two KKTX screws.
CALCULATION EXAMPLE
Turn the board over and slide it under the previously fastened board fixed to the sub-structure.
Fix each fastener to the sub-structure by inserting a KKTX screw in one of the two slotted holes.
i = i = joist spacing | L = board width | f = joint width
TERRALOCK 60
i = 1.97 ft | L = 0.46 ft | f = 0.023 ft
1 ft 2 / i / (L + f) ∙ 2 = pcs per ft 2 [1 ft 2 / 1.97 ft / (0.46 ft + 0.02 ft)] ∙ 2 = 2 pcs/ft 2 + 4 pcs. top screws type B/ft 2 + 1 pcs. bottom screws type C/ft 2
DECKS WITH COMPLEX GEOMETRIES
TERRALOCK 180
It is recommended to use STAR spacers inserted between the boards.
i = 1.97 ft | L = 0.46 ft | f = 0.023 ft
1 ft 2 /i/(L + f) = pcs per ft 2 [1 ft 2 / 0,6 ft / (0,14 ft + 0,007 ft)] = 12 pcs/ft 2 + 24 pcs. top screws type B/ft 2 + 1 pcs. bottom screws type C/ft 2
Thanks to its special geometric configuration, the TERRALOCK fastener allows to create decks with complex geometric layouts that will meet any aesthetic requirement. The two slotted holes and optimal positioning of the end stop allow for assembly on inclined substructures.
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR DECKS
LEVELLING
The height-adjustable support can easily adapt to variations in substrate level. The rise also allows for ventilation under the joists.
DOUBLE REGULATION
Can be adjusted both from below, with a SW 10 wrench, or from above, using a flat-tip screwdriver. Fast, convenient, versatile system.
SUPPORT
The TPV plastic support base reduces the noise produced by footsteps and is UV-resistant. The ball-joint can adapt to uneven surfaces.



HEIGHT
can be adjusted from above and below
USE
MATERIAL
electrogalvanized carbon steel
FIELDS OF USE
Raising and levelling of the substructure.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
GEOMETRY
TECHNICAL DATA

UNEVEN SURFACES
The adjustment from top and bottom allows for the most precise installation of decks on uneven surfaces.
Trace the joist midline, indicating the position of the holes and then pre-drill a 3/8" diameter hole.
The depth of the pre-drill depends on the assembly height R and must be at least 0.63 inch (bushing size).
Use a hammer to insert the bushing.
Screw the support into the bushing and turn the joist.
Place the joist on the substrate, parallel to the one previously laid.
Adjust the height of the support from the bottom using a SW 10 wrench.
Detail of adjustment from below.
JFA INSTALLATION WITH ADJUSTMENT FROM ABOVE
Follow the course of the ground by acting independently on the individual supports.
Trace the joist midline, indicating the position of the holes and then pre-drill a 3/8" diameter through hole.
We recommend a maximum of 2 ft between supports, to be checked according to depending on the load.
Use a hammer to insert the bushing.
Screw the support into the bushing and turn the joist.
Place the joist on the substrate, parallel to the one previously laid.
Adjust the height of the support from above using a flat screwdriver.
Detail of adjustment from above.
Follow the course of the ground by acting independently on the individual supports.

If
well protected,
timber lasts forever
The ideal ground connection waterproofing? Products designed to solve thermal bridges and to protect against rising damp, radon, air. Problems you can solve with profiles, membranes, barriers and sheaths from Rothoblaas.
Protect your timber construction, discover the best way to handle your ground connection:

SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE SUPPORT FOR DECKS
THREE VERSIONS
The Small version (SUP-S) can be raised by up to 1.46 inches, the Medium version (SUP-M) by up to 8.67 inches and the Large version (SUP-L) by up to 40.35 inches. All versions are adjustable in height.
STRENGTH
Sturdy system suitable for heavy loads. The Small (SUP-S) and Medium (SUP-M) versions can handle up to 880 lb. The Large version (SUP-L) can handle up to 2200 lb.
COMPATIBLE
All versions can be combined with a special head to facilitate lateral or upper fastening to the batten, which may be made of either timber or aluminium. A tile adapter is also available on request.
NEW “ALL IN ONE” SUP-L
It features not only excellent adjustability and load-bearing capacity, but also versatile, self-levelling heads that can automatically correct the slope of uneven installation surfaces by up to 5%; thanks to the SUPLKEY key, it can be adjusted from above for maximum stability in tile flooring systems.


FIELDS OF USE
Substructure raising and levelling. Wood and metal battens. Outdoor use.
polypropylene (PP)


DURABILITY
UV-resistant and suitable also for aggressive environmental conditions. Ideal in combination with ALU TERRACE and KKA screws to create a system with excellent durability.
ADJUSTABILITY FROM THE TOP
Thanks to the SUPLKEY key, it is adjustable from the top for maximum stability in tile flooring systems.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS -
Ø Ø Ø1
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - SUP-M
H Ø H Ø H Ø H Ø H Ø H Ø H Ø
INTERLOCKING HEADS FOR SUP-L
EXTENSIONS AND SLOPE ADAPTERS FOR SUP-L
(*)SUPLEXT100 extension not usable. Head to be ordered separately. Codes 5-12 consist of the product SUPL125225 and of a number of SUPLEXT100 extensions to reach the indicated height range.
ACCESSORIES FOR SUP-L
INSTALLATION OF SUP-S WITH SUPSLHEAD1
INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD2
INSTALLATION OF SUP-M WITH SUPMHEAD1
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD1
Fit the head SUPSLHEAD1 on the SUP-S and fix the batten with 0.18 inch diameter KKF screws. Fit the head
Fit the head SUPLHEAD1 on the SUP-L, adjust the height of the base as needed and fix the batten laterally with 0.18 inch diameter KKF screws. The tilting head allows self-levelling during installation for slopes of up to 5%.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD1 AND SUPLRING1
If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then fit the SUPLHEAD1 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Adjust the height of the base as needed and fix the batten laterally with 0.18 inch diameter KKF screws.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD2 AND SUPLRING1
If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extensions to the SUP-L support and then fir the SUPLHEAD2 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Adjust the height as required and place the batten inside the fins.
2.36 - 1.58 in
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD3 HEAD | HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FROM TOP
Fit the SUPLHEAD3 head on SUP-L. Adjust the height of the support using SUPLKEY. Place the tiles on the supports. Level the floor by adjusting the height of the supports from the top with SUPLKEY without having to remove the tiles already installed. The tilting head allows self-levelling during installation for slopes of up to 5%.
INSTALLATION OF SUP-L WITH SUPLHEAD3 HEAD | HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FROM BOTTOM
If provided, add the SUPLEXT100 extension to the SUP-L support and then fit the SUPLHEAD3 head. To lock the tilting of the self-levelling head, secure it with SUPLRING1. Position the SUPLRING2. Adjust the height as required and position the flooring.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS - FASTENING








ALU TERRACE
ALUMINIUM
PROFILE FOR PATIOS
TWO VERSIONS
ALUTERRA30 version for standard loads. ALUTERRA50 version, in black, for very high loads; can be used on both sides.
SUPPORT EVERY 3.6 ft
ALUTERRA50 designed with a very high inertia so that the SUPPORTs can be positioned every 3.6 ft (along the profile midline), even with high loads (83 lbf/ft 2).
DURABILITY
The substructure made of aluminium profiles guarantees excellent patio durability. The drainage channel allows water to run off and generates effective micro-ventilation.



SECTIONS [in]
MATERIAL
FIELDS
OF USE
Patio substructure. Outdoor use.


DISTANCE 3.6 ft
With an inter-profile distance of 2.6 ft (load: 83 lbf/ft2), the SUPPORTs can be spaced 3.6 ft apart and placed along the ALUTERRACE50 midline.
COMPLETE SYSTEM
Ideal for use in combination with SUPPORT, fixed laterally with KKA screws. System with excellent durability.

Stabilization of ALUTERRA50 with stainless steel plates and KKA screws.
Aluminium substructure made with ALUTERRA30 and resting on GRANULO PAD
ACCESSORY CODES AND DIMENSIONS

KKA AISI410
KKA COLOR
GEOMETRY
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
NOTES: upon request, P= 9.8 ft version is available.
EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH SCREWS AND ALUTERRA30
Place the ALU TERRACE on the SUP-S fit with head SUPSLHEAD1.
Fix the ALU TERRACE with 0.16 inch diameter KKAN.
Fix the wooden or WPC boards directly on the ALU TERRACE with 0.20 inch diameter KKA screws.
EXAMPLE OF FASTENING WITH CLIP AND ALUTERRA50
Place the ALU TERRACE on the SUP-S fit with head SUPSLHEAD1.
Fix the ALU TERRACE with 0.16 inch diameter KKAN.
Fix the boards using FLAT concealed clips and 0.16 inch diameter KKAN screws.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
Repeat the operations for the remaining boards.
ALU TERRACE 30
ALU TERRACE 50
Several ALUTERRA30 units can be connected lengthwise using stainless steel plates. Connection is optional.
Line up the ends of 2 aluminium profiles.
Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the aluminium profiles and fix with 0.16 x 13/16 inch KKA screws.
EXAMPLE PLACEMENT ON SUPPORT
Several ALUTERRA50 units can be connected lengthwise using stainless steel plates. Connection is optional if the joint coincides with placement on the SUPPORT.
Do this on both sides to maximize stability.
Place the LBVI15100 stainless steel plate on the lateral holes in the aluminium profiles and fix with 0.16 x 13/16 inch KKA screws or KKAN 0.16 inch diameter.
Connect the aluminium profiles with KKAN screws (diameter: 0.16 inch) and place 2 aluminium profiles end to end.
Do this on both sides to maximize stability.
GROUND COVER
ANTI-VEGETATION
TARP FOR SUBSTRATES
PERMEABLE
The anti-vegetation tarp prevents the growth of grasses and roots, protecting the patio substructure from the ground. Permeable to water, allowing it to flow off.
STRONG
The polypropylene non-woven fabric (0.010 lb/ft 2) effectively separates the patio substructure from the ground. Dimensions optimised for patios (5.3 x 32.8 ft).


LEVELING PAD
OVERLAPPABLE
Available in 3 thicknesses (1/16", 1/8" and 3/16"), can also be overlapped to obtain different thicknesses and thus effectively level the patio substructure.
DURABILITY
The EPDM material guarantees excellent durability, is not subject to sagging in time and does not suffer from exposure to sunlight.


GRANULO
GRANULAR RUBBER SUBSTRATE
THREE FORMATS
Available in sheet (GRANULOMAT 4.1 x 32.8 ft), roll (GRANULOROLL and GRANULO100) or pad (GRANULOPAD 3.1 x 3.1 in). Extremely versatile thanks to the variety of formats.
GRAINY RUBBER
Made of granules of recycled rubber thermal-bonded with polyurethane. Resistant to chemical interactions, maintains its characteristics in time and is 100% recyclable.
ANTI-VIBRATION
The thermal-bonded rubber granules dampen vibrations, thus insulating the noise produced by footsteps. Also ideal as a wall barrier and resilient strip for acoustic separation.




MATERIAL
rubber granules thermo-bound with PU
s: thickness | B: base| L : length

FIELDS OF USE
Substrate for substructures in wood, aluminium, WPC and PVC. Outdoor use.
GRANULO PAD
GRANULO ROLL
GRANULO MATT
BUTYL ADHESIVE TAPE

SPACER PROFILE







CRAB MINI
ONE-HANDED TERRACE CLAMP

CRAB MAXI
BOARD CLAMP, LARGE MODEL

SHIM
LEVELLING WEDGES

SHIM LARGE
LEVELLING WEDGES

WASHER TO FASTEN INSULATION TO
TIMBER
CE FASTENING WITH HBS SCREWS
The thermowasher is intended for use with screws with the CE marking in accordance with ETA. Ideal for Ø0.24 inch or Ø0.32 inch HBS screws, with lengths based on the thickness of the insulation to be fastened.
ANTI-THERMAL BRIDGE
Incorporated hole cover to avoid thermal bridges. Large cable spaces for proper plaster adhesion. Has a system that prevents the screw from pulling out.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS


EXPOSURE CONDITION
FIELDS
OF USE
The propylene washer with an external diameter of 2 9/16" is compatible with 0.24 inch and 0.32 inch screw diameters. Suitable for all types of insulation and all fixture thicknesses.
ANCHOR FOR FASTENING INSULATION TO
BRICKWORK
CERTIFIED
Anchor with the CE mark in accordance with ETA, with certified resistance values. Double expansion with preassembled steel nails allows for fast versatile fastening on concrete and brickwork.
DOUBLE EXPANSION
Ø0.31 inch double expansion PVC anchor with preassembled steel nails, for fastening to concrete and brickwork. Can be used, with an additional washer, on particularly soft insulating materials.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS


FIELDS OF USE
Anchor available in various measurements for different insulation thicknesses; can be used with an additional washer for use with soft insulation. Method of use and certified laying possibilities indicated in the relative ETA document.

First rule
Do not fall
Accidents at heights happen more often than you think, which is why it is important to entrust your safety to professionals.
From design to installation, from certification to maintenance: our technical consultants are at your disposal and will help secure you and your employees at all stages of the project
Protect your work with us:

COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS
COMPLEMENTARY PRODUCTS
KMR 3373
3372
KMR 3352 SCREWDRIVER
KMR 3338
SCREWDRIVER
KMR 3371
SNAIL HSS
CORDLESS DRILL
• Soft / hard torque: 13/33 ft-lbs
• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 510 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1710 (1/min)
• Nominal tension: 12 V
• Weight (including battery): 2.2 lbs

CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
A 18 | ASB 18
CORDLESS DRILL
• Electronic anti-kickback function
• Soft / hard torque: 48/95 ft-lbs
• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 560 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1960 (1/min)
• Nominal tension: 18 V
• Weight (including battery): 4.0 lbs / 4.2 lbs

CODES


For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction"

AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 1" - 2"
• Screw diameter: 0.138 - 0.165 inch
• Compatible with A 18 screwdriver

CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
KMR 3372
AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 1 9/16" - 3 1/8"
• Screw diameter: 0.177 - 0.197 inch, 0.236 inch with HZB6PLATE
• Compatible with A 18 screwdriver

CODES
For accessories see the catalogue


SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 1" - 2"
• Screw diameter: 0.138 - 0.165 inch
• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)
• Weight: 4.9 lbs

CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.
SCREWDRIVER WITH AUTOMATIC LOADER
• Screw length: 1 9/16" - 3 1/8"
• Screw diameter: 0.177 - 0.197 inch, 0.236 inch with HZB6PLATE
• Performance: 0 - 2850/750 (1/min/W)
• Weight: 6.4 lbs

CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.


BATTERY POWERED WITH BELT LOADER
• Adapter for processing plasterboard and gypsum fibreboard of timber and metal substructures
• Supplied in a case, with charger and two batteries
• Screw length: 1" - 2 3/16"
• Screw diameter: 0.138 - 0.177 inch
• Speed: 0 - 1800/500 (U/min)
• Weight: 5,3 lbs
CODES

For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for timber construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

B 13 B
POWERED SCREWDRIVER
• Rated power consumption: 760 W
• Torque: 88.5 ft lbs
• Weight: 6.2 lbs
• Neck Ø: 1.693 inches
• Nominal minimum 1st gear: 0 - 170 (1/min)
• Nominal minimum 2° gear: 0 - 1320 (1/min)
• Screw without pre-drill: 0.44 x 15 3/4 inch screws

CODES
For accessories see the catalogue "Tools for
construction" available at www.rothoblaas.com.

ANKER NAILGUNS



CODES AND DIMENSIONS



(1) Depends on the type of nail. (2)Approximately 1200 rounds per gas cartridge and approximately 8000 rounds per battery charge.
RELATED PRODUCTS



HH3731
ATEU0116
HH12100700
TJ100091
HH3722
HH3522
4-SPEED DRILL DRIVER
• Rated power consumption: 2000 W
• For inserting long screws and threaded rods
• No. of revolutions under load in 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th speeds: 120 - 210 - 380 - 650 U/min
• Weight: 19.0 lbs
• Mandrel connection: conical MK 3
CODES AND DIMENSIONS

description
4-speed screwdriver
ACCESSORIES
FRICTION
• Tightening torque 148 ft lbs
• Square connection 1/2 inch

ADAPTER 1
• For MK3

SCREW HANDLE
• Increased safety

ADAPTER 2
• For sleeve

RELATED PRODUCTS



• Opening 0.039-0.512 inch

SLEEVES
• For RTR


SCREWING DEVICE
• Thanks to CATCH, even longer screws can be screwed on quickly and safely without the risk of the bit slipping
• Particularly useful in case of screwing in corners, which usually do not allow exerting a great screwing force

CODES AND DIMENSIONS
Further information on the use of the product can be found at www.rothoblaas.com.
TORQUE LIMITER
TORQUE LIMITER
• It decouples as soon as the maximum torque is reached, thus protecting the screw from excessive load, especially in metal plate applications
• Also compatible with CATCH and CATCHL

CODES AND DIMENSIONS


TEMPLATE
FOR VGU WASHER
• The VGU JIG template ensures precision pre-drilling and facilitates the VGS 45° screws fastening inside the washer
• Essential for perfect hole centring
• For diameters from 0.36 to 0.52 inch

CODES AND DIMENSIONS
NOTE: Further information on page 224.
JIG VGZ 45°
TEMPLATE FOR 45° SCREWS
• For diameters from 0.28 to 0.44 inch
• Screw length indicators
• Screws can be inserted in double 45° mitre cuts

CODES AND DIMENSIONS
JIGVGZ45 steel template for screws at 45°
For detailed information on the use of the template, please see the installation manual on the website (www.rothoblaas.com).


BIT STOP
DRIVER BIT HOLDER WITH END STOP
• With O-ring to prevent wood damage at end of travel
• The internal device automatically stops the driver bit holder when it reaches the preset depth
CODES AND DIMENSIONS


DRILL STOP
COUNTERBORE CUTTER WITH DEPTH STOP
• Particularly indicated for build terraces
• The rotating depth stop stops at the workpiece and leaves no marks on the material

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

DRILLING TEMPLATE FOR ALUMIDI AND ALUMAXI
• Position, drill, done! For drilling dowel holes easily, quickly and precisely
• It allows to drill precise holes for both ALUMIDI and ALUMAXI in a template

CODES AND DIMENSIONS
COLUMN
RIGID AND INCLINED DRILLING COLUMN
• For precise holes perpendicular to the work surface

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

1
3
4
5
F10900INCH guiding plate imperial sizes (5/16”; 3/8”; 1/2”; 9/16”; 11/16”; 3/4”; 15/16”; 1”; 1 1/8”; 1 1/4”), 1 pcs.


BEAR
TORQUE WRENCH
• Precise tightening torque control
• Essential when screwing full thread screws into a metal plate
• Wide adjustment range


CODES AND DIMENSIONS
With 1/2" square drive.
CRICKET
8 SIZES RATCHETING WRENCH

• Ratchet spanner with through hole and 8 bushings of varying sizes
• 4 ring spanners in a single tool
CODES AND DIMENSIONS


CRICKET
/ M12 - 22 / M14
/ M16 - 27 / M18

BEAR
BEAR2
HOOK FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS
TRANSPORT
• Fastened with just one screw, it allows significant time savings due to its quick assembly and disassembly
• The lifting hook can be used for both axial and lateral loads
• Certified pursuant to the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC

CODES AND DIMENSIONS


RAPTOR
TRANSPORT PLATE FOR TIMBER ELEMENTS
• Multiple application possibilities with the choice of 2, 4 or 6 screws depending on the load.
• The lifting plate can be used for both axial and lateral loads
• Compliant to OSHA Section 1926.753(e)(2) and ASME BTH01-2023 and certified according to the EU Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC for lifts weights exceeding 3 tons (6600 lbs)

CODES AND DIMENSIONS

LEWIS
TWIST DRILL BITS FOR DEEP DRILLING IN SOFT AND EUROPEAN HARDWOODS
CUTTING EDGES
With round-section twist flute, threaded tip, very high quality main cutting edge and roughing tooth.
SHANK CONNECTION
Version with independent head and hex shank (starting from Ø0.32 in| Ø8 mm).
QUALITY MATERIAL
Made of specific alloy steel for tools (WS).
LONG HOLES
It is possible to drill holes of more than 7 feets (2 metres) with the two long versions (Ø0.512 in and Ø0.630 in | Ø13 mm and Ø16 mm), which are ideal for installing RTR threaded rods.



CODES AND DIMENSIONS
[mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in] [mm] [in]
F1410407 7 0.276 6,5 0.256 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410408 8 0.315 7,8 0.307 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410410 10 0.394 9,8 0.386 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410412 12 0.472 11,8 0.465 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410414 14 0.551 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410416 16 0.630 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410418 18 0.709 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410420 20 0.787 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410422 22 0.866 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410424 24 0.945 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410426 26 1.024 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410428 28 1.102 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410430 30 1.181 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410432 32 1.260 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410440 40 1.575 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410450 50 1.969 13 0.512 460 18 1/8 380 15 1
F1410612 12 0.472 11,8 0.465 650 25 9/16 535 21 1/16 1
F1410614 14 0.551 13 0.512 650 25 9/16 535 21 1/16 1
F1410616 16 0.630 13 0.512 650 25 9/16 535 21 1/16 1
F1410618 18 0.709 13 0.512 650 25 9/16 535 21 1/16 1
F1410620 20 0.787 13 0.512 650 25 9/16 535 21 1/16 1
F1410622 22 0.866 13 0.512 650 25 9/16 535 21 1/16 1
LEWIS - LONG
13
16 0.630 13
LEWIS - INCH
LEWIS - SET
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
24 0.945 13 0.512 650 25 9/16 535 21

SNAIL HSS
TWIST DRILL BITS FOR HARDWOOD, MELAMINE-FACED BOARDS AND
OTHER MATERIALS
• Very high quality polished drill bits, with 2 main cutting edges and 2 roughing teeth
• Special twist with smoothed flute for more efficient chip evacuation
CODES AND DIMENSIONS

SNAIL HSS - SET
CODES AND DIMENSIONS
4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 16

SNAIL PULSE
CARBIDE
DRILL BIT IN HM WITH SDS-PLUS DRILL CHUCK SHANK
CONCRETE
For drilling concrete, reinforced concrete, masonry and natural stone.
SHEARING
The 4 spiral HM cutting edges ensure rapid forward movement.

CODES AND DIMENSIONS


( * ) Only for DUP26C and DUP26SDS.
CODES AND DIMENSIONS TORX
This catalogue is the exclusive property of Rotho Blaas and may not be copied, reproduced or published, totally or in part, without prior written consent. All violations will be prosecuted according to law.
The most up-to-date technical documentation is available on the Rotho Blaas website. Rotho Blaas is not liable for any printing errors related to technical data, drawings, references to weights and measurements, and translations in the catalogues.
Rotho Blaas reserves the right to modify its product range, characteristics, technical specifications and other documentation at any time without prior notice.
Installers, designers, engineers, users and buyers must visit www.rothoblaas.com before each use of a product.
Each product is designed for the specific load capacities and applications outlined in the technical documentation, in accordance with the limitations and additional information provided therein. While the products are engineered for a wide range of applications, Rotho Blaas disclaims any liability for determining their suitability for a specific use. It is the sole responsibility of the user to assess the product’s appropriateness for the intended application and to ensure proper installation. Each intended use of a product must be evaluated and approved by qualified professionals.
Rotho Blaas does not guarantee the legal or design conformity of the data and calculations provided. The calculation tools provided are for indicative purposes only and serve as a purely technical-commercial aid to support sales activities. The values resulting from “test” are based on the actual experimental investigations results and valid only for the test conditions specified.
Rotho Blaas does not guarantee and in no case can be held responsible for damages, losses and costs or other consequences, for any reason (warranty for defects, warranty for malfunction, product or legal responsibility, etc.) deriving from the use, inability of use or non-conforming use of the product.
Images are for illustrative purposes only and may not fully represent the product’s features. Accessories shown in pictures and renderings may not be included. Packaged quantities may vary.
In the event of discrepancies between the language versions of the catalogue, the Italian text shall be considered the official version and take precedence over all other translations.
The general purchase conditions of Rotho Blaas Srl are available on the website www.rothoblaas.com.
All rights reserved
© 2025 ROTHO BLAAS SRL
All renderings © ROTHO BLAAS SRL
Publication date - 1/4/2025
FASTENING AIRTIGHTNESS AND WATERPROOFING
FALL PROTECTION TOOLS AND MACHINES SOUNDPROOFING
Rothoblaas is the multinational Italian company that has made innovative technology its mission, making its way to the forefront for timber buildings and construction safety in just a few years. Thanks to its comprehensive product range and the technically-prepared and widespread sales network, the company promotes the transfer of its knowhow to the customers and aims to be a prominent and reliable partner for developing and innovating products and building methods. All of this contributes to a new culture of sustainable construction, focused on increasing comfortable living and reducing CO2 emissions.
Via dell‘Adige N.2/1 | 39040, Cortaccia (BZ) | Italia Tel: +39 0471 81 84 00 | Fax: +39 0471 81 84 84 info@rothoblaas.com | www.rothoblaas.com


Rotho Blaas Srl